Quarterlytics / Gattaca plc

Gattaca plc

gatc · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker gatc
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Gattaca plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
G

a

t

t

a

c

a

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

Building a  
better future,  
one job at  
a time

Gattaca plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
Gattaca plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

About us

Providing the  
skills needed  
to build a better 
future, one job  
at a time

Contents

Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

1  Our Purpose-Driven 

6  Our Strategy

Approach

2  At a Glance

4  Financial and  

Operational Highlights

8 

Investment Case

10  Chair’s Statement

12  CEO’s Statement

14  Our Purpose, Mission, 

Vision & Values

16  Our Purpose in Action

22  Our Business Model

24  Market Overview

28  Key Performance Indicators

Report

30  Chief Financial  
Officer’s Report

34  Responsible Business

44  Risk Assurance

47  Principal Risks  

and Uncertainties

For further information go to: 
www.gattacaplc.com/investors

54  Chair’s Introduction  

to Governance

81 

Independent Auditors’ 
Report

56  Board of Directors

89  Consolidated Income 

58  Corporate Governance 

Statement

62  Directors’ Report

65  Audit Committee Report

70  Nominations Committee 

Report

73  Remuneration Committee 

Statement

90  Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income

91  Statements of Changes  

in Equity

93  Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Financial 
Position

94  Consolidated and Company 

Cash Flow Statements

95  Notes forming Part of  

the Financial Statements

 
Overview 

Strategic Report 

Governance 

Financial Statements 

1

Our Purpose-Driven Approach

Following the completion of the Improvement Plan and as we embark on a growth phase,  
the time was right to refresh our Purpose, Vision, Mission and Values.

After a year like no other, Gattaca has taken action to link strategy and operations to a shared  
purpose: “To provide the skills needed to build a better future, one job at a time”. 

Becoming purpose-led helps us create greater value for our key stakeholders: candidates, clients, 
colleagues, suppliers and investors. To help achieve our purpose, we launched our new Vision,  
Mission and Values, to align our actions and behaviours to the change we want to see.

Purpose Providing the skills needed to build a better 

future, one job at a time

Read more about how we have relaunched our Purpose, Mission, Vision  
and Values on page 14

Helping over 2,000 unemployed 
candidates back to work

On a mission to help 10,000 client 
contacts build a better future

Inspiring the next generation 
of STEM talent

 Page 17

 Page 18

 Page 20

ACHIEVED THROUGH

Vision

To be the STEM talent partner of choice

Mission

Everyday we deliver a service that is so trusted 
that our clients, candidates, colleagues and 
suppliers recommend us without hesitation

UNDERPINNED BY

Values

Trust

Professional

Ambition

Fun

2

Gattaca plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

At a Glance

What we do

An AIM-listed group delivering technical recruitment, outsourced  
services and workforce solutions to sectors requiring STEM talent.

Technical Recruitment 
Services 

Workforce  
Solutions 

Statement of Work  
(‘SOW’) Services

Delivering total coverage  
through technical engineering, 
technology, professional  
and training skill specialists

Collaborative workforce  
solutions for clients with technical 
skill needs: sourcing, compliance, 
onboarding and experience

Solving complex technical  
and operational challenges  
through engineering or  
technology-led packages of work

Talent consultancy
Across all of our solutions, we are also able to offer additional talent consultancy, including but not limited to:

Talent mapping  
and insights

Rate/salary 
benchmarking

Diversity  
consultancy

Talent attraction  
and employer branding

Recruitment  
process analysis

Recruitment technology 
services

Workforce  
compliance

Workforce  
planning

Assessment  
and selection

Read more about our products 
and services on page 24

Overview 

Strategic Report 

Governance 

Financial Statements 

3

We connect STEM employers 
with technical candidates and 
outcomes through tailored 
solutions, expert consultancy, 
robust governance and 
subject matter expertise.

Our markets
We operate across 8 markets providing in-depth industry knowledge of the best STEM (‘Science, Technology, 
Engineering and Mathematics’) talent, services and solutions to serve our clients.

DEFENCE

•  Air 

•  Land 

•  Sea 

ENERGY

•  Renewables 

•  Oil and gas

•  Transmission and distribution

FINANCE, BANKING  
AND INSURANCE

•  Banking 

• 

Insurance 

•  Fintech

•  Communications

•  Nuclear 

•  Mining and extraction

INFRASTRUCTURE

MOBILITY

PUBLIC SECTOR TECHNOLOGY

•  Highways, traffic and planning

•  Automotive

•  Buildings and construction 

•  Maritime and shipping 

•  Rail 

•  Water, fibre and utilities

•  Aerospace

•  Central government 

•  Local government

•  NHS

RETAIL, MANUFACTURING  
AND LIFE SCIENCES

TECHNOLOGY, MEDIA  
AND TELECOMS

•  Logistics 

•  eCommerce

•  Pharmaceutical

•  Medical

•  Technology 

•  Media and broadcasting

•  Telecommunications

Read more about our markets  
on pages 25–27

4

Gattaca plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Financial and Operational Highlights
Accelerating the rebuild  
for future growth

Financial highlights

2021 

2020 restated

2019 

 £415.7m

2021

 £42.1m

2021

 £534.7m

2020 restated

 £52.8m

2020 restated

 £634.3m

2019 

 £69.1m

2019 

REVENUE FROM  
CONTINUING OPERATIONS

£415.7m

(2020 restated1: £534.7m)

NET FEE INCOME2 (‘NFI’) FROM 
CONTINUING OPERATIONS

PROFIT BEFORE TAX FROM 
CONTINUING OPERATIONS

£42.1m

(2020 restated1: £52.8m)

£2.2m

(2020 restated1: £1.3m)

2021

2020 restated

2019 

 £3.2m

 £4.8m

2021

1.8p

2021

2020 

-5.5p

2020 restated

 £11.7m

2019 

 -18.3p

2019 

CONTINUING UNDERLYING3  
PROFIT BEFORE TAX

BASIC EARNINGS  
PER SHARE

£3.2m

(2020 restated1: £4.8m)

1.8p

(2020: -5.5p)

CONTINUING UNDERLYING3  
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

8.4p

(2020 restated1: 11.7p)

 £2.2m

 £1.3m

 £3.4m

 8.4p

 11.7p

 28.4p

2021

2020 

2019 

DIVIDEND  
PER SHARE4

1.5p

(2020: nil)

 1.5p

2021

 nil

 nil

2020 

2019 

8.6%

11.7%

19.8%

OPERATING MARGIN FROM CONTINUING 
UNDERLYING OPERATIONS

8.6%

(2020 restated1: 11.7%)

2020 figures have been restated for the presentation of operations discontinued in 2021 as explained in Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements. 

1 
2  Net fee income is equivalent to gross profit, being revenue less cost of sales. 
3  Underlying results are defined as total consolidated results less non-underlying items, amortisation and impairment of goodwill and acquired intangible 

assets, impairment of plant, property and equipment and right-of-use assets and foreign exchange differences.

4  Subsequent to year end, the Group declared a dividend of 1.5p per share.

Overview 

Strategic Report 

Governance 

Financial Statements 

5

Operational highlights

•  In response to the significant 

•  In April 2021 we successfully 

impact of the COVID-19 pandemic 
on trading and operations, the 
Group completed its organisational 
restructure in October 2020, 
ensuring the right balance of 
resources across functions and 
geographies. As we have seen 
demand increase in our core 
sectors and markets, we have seen 
our numbers employed gradually 
increase in the second half of the 
year, particularly in the high growth 
areas of sales.

•  With the Improvement Plan now 
largely complete, we are now in 
growth mode and took the 
decision to review our group 
purpose, vision, mission and values. 
This was launched in July 2021 and 
we believe this will serve as a 
guiding light as we continue to 
develop our capability to deliver a 
service that is so trusted that our 
clients, candidates and colleagues 
recommend us without hesitation.

completed the implementation  
of our new global technology 
platform which replaced all of  
our legacy systems, the single 
biggest change initiative in the 
Group’s history. 

•  The ongoing success of our 
Gattaca Solutions business 
continues to provide core support 
to a number of our major clients 
and was recognised again for our 
achievements in both HRO Today 
‘Baker’s Dozen’ and TIARA Talent 
Solutions awards.

•  On 27 October 2020 the Group 

repaid the £7.5m remainder of the 
Revolving Credit Facility (‘RCF’)  
in full and cancelled the facility.  
As a result the Group no longer  
has any covenant obligations. 
During the year the Group has 
maintained a robust balance  
sheet and liquidity position.

•  Resumption of a dividend payment 
announced, the first since 2018.

71/29

HEADCOUNT RATIO

Sales 

71%

Group Support 

29%

75/25

CONTRACT VS PERMANENT 
NFI SPLIT
Contract 

75%

Permanent 

25%

Reporting segments
As a leading provider of engineering and technology recruitment solutions we 
report our segments for the UK by the skills we recruit for, providing our full 
range of products and services across each segment: 

£42.1m

•  Our UK Engineering segment encompasses those services within engineering.

•  Our UK Technology segment encompasses those services within 

technology and IT.

•  Our International segment comprises our operations principally in  

North America.

GROUP CONTINUING  
NFI BY SEGMENT

UK Engineering   £28.4m   67.5%

UK Technology 

£10.2m   24.3% 

International  

£3.5m  

8.2%

For further information go to: 
www.gattacaplc.com/investors

 
 
6

Gattaca plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Our Strategy
Beyond the Improvement Plan

VISION

An ambitious vision
that will require us to
outgrow the market

MISSION

A mission that ensures 
trust is at the heart  
of our actions

STRATEGIC
PILLARS

The core principles
of how we will bring
our vision and mission  
into being

STRATEGIC
PRIORITIES

The priority objectives  
for Gattaca to execute our
strategic pillars, which 
will alter over time to 
reflect market conditions

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

7

Our growth strategy foundations are built  
on the building blocks put in place from the 
Improvement Plan we launched in 2019 and 
focuses on our vision to be the STEM talent 
partner of choice. Our strategic pillars provide 
the Group with the core principles that will 
deliver our growth trajectory going forwards. 

To be the STEM talent partner of choice

Everyday we deliver a service that is so trusted that  
our clients, candidates, colleagues and suppliers 
recommend us without hesitation

SELL TO  
MARKET

ADD VALUE  
BY PRODUCT

EXPERT  
FULFILMENT  
BY SKILL

COLLABORATIVE  
HIGH-PERFORMING 
CULTURE

•  Focus on STEM  

sectors which offer 
long-term sustainable 
growth potential

•  Focus on growth 

opportunities in our 
primary locations of the 
UK and North America

•  Provide a full range  
of services to meet 
customers’ needs  
within our target sectors 
and embed a systematic 
sales approach

•  Grow workforce 

solutions

•  Continue to innovate 
and develop our 
product offerings

•  Provide a first-class 

candidate experience  
to improve attraction 
and retention

• 

Increase the capability  
and efficiency of 
candidate attraction  
by realising the 
potential of our 
fulfilment function

•  Enable our people  
to achieve their full 
potential through 
focused training  
and development

•  Harness our new 

technology platform  
to deliver a better and 
more efficient service

•  Become a more  
diverse and  
sustainable  
organisation

8

Gattaca plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Investment Case
Our vision is to be the STEM  
talent partner of choice

Defining arguments:

Market-leading solutions  
with a trusted reputation

Defined, long-term  
high-growth markets

Supporting evidence:

•  A leading provider of 

•  STEM skills are especially 

in demand across 
geographies and markets, 
driven by the growing 
importance of the digital 
economy

•  Well-established and 
scalable UK business,  
with further growth and 
market share opportunity

•  Extensive client base 
within high-growth 
engineering and 
technology sectors

•  Presence in North 
America, as well  
as UK markets

specialised and in-demand 
engineering and 
technology skills

•  Ability to deliver tailored 
solutions and products

•  Broad client base and 
long-term partnerships

•  Recognised with awards  

for a second year in:

–  HRO Today ‘Baker’s 

Dozen’ in five different 
categories including 
being named as the 
number one provider  
for both size and 
breadth of services  
for mid-sized deals

–  2021 TIARA Talent 
Solutions highly 
commended ‘Best Client 
Service’ and ‘Best 
Long-Term Partnership’

–  2020 TIARA Talent 
Solutions ‘Best 
Candidate Experience’

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

9

An established, trusted 
partner providing innovative 
solutions with clear 
opportunities to scale  
in growth markets.

Deep expertise with  
revitalised leadership

Focused growth  
strategy

Resilient business  
model

•  Deep skill and market-

•  Cross-selling and focus  

•  Focused on STEM  

based expertise within  
the business

•  A motivated management 
team that brings fresh 
perspective and drive to 
professionalise the business

•  Group-wide Improvement 
Plan completed over last 
three years, setting the 
business up for growth

on growing share of client 
staffing spend provides 
growth opportunity

•  New integrated technology 

platform replacing all  
core systems successfully 
implemented across all 
business units in April 
2021, enabling productivity 
optimisation, coordinated 
sales activity and improved 
data and insights

•  Investing in organic growth 
in geographies with clear 
growth prospects

•  Growing and investing in 
Gattaca Solutions which 
embeds Gattaca within 
client operations and 
delivers incremental 
margin improvement

•  A more agile, scalable 
business being built

skills which will remain  
in high demand

•  Significantly strengthened 
and robust balance sheet 
and financial resilience

•  No financing covenants

•  Contract-permanent NFI 
split of 75/25 provides 
more predictable and 
recurring revenues

•  A growing Gattaca 

Solutions business, further 
increasing revenue diversity

•  Strong contract mix 
provides resilience  
and visibility and the 
permanent market 
provides future  
growth opportunities

For further information go to: 
www.gattacaplc.com/investors

 
10 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Chair’s Statement
Well-placed and robust  
for the future 

The pandemic had a significant 
impact on nearly all our clients, 
candidates and colleagues throughout 
the whole of the financial period. 
There was a noticeable positive 
change around mid-year as many  
of our clients reassessed their talent 
requirements. It is also notable that 
the STEM skill shortages that we  
have often discussed are even more 
apparent as the economy improves. 
We are very quickly moving to a 
candidate-led market.

We are determined that whilst the 
pandemic has had an impact on our 
operations we will not let it define us. 
Our leadership team and colleagues 
have grown immensely as a result of 
the challenges thrown at them and  
we commend them accordingly.  
It has allowed us to re-look at how  
we operate and we have found that 
hybrid working, when done well, can 
be as productive as working full-time 
in the office. This also enables us to 
recruit our own talent from a wider 
pool, with many consultants able to  
be based closer to their clients. This is 
the new ‘norm’ and we will embrace it.

Overview
The financial year has been a year  
of two halves. The first six months 
remained significantly impacted  
by the pandemic as clients were 
cautious in the search for talent. By 
mid-year there were early signs of a 
recovery and the market for STEM 
skills had rebounded. It is not back 
to the pre-pandemic levels as there 
are a number of key markets where 
the recovery is slower than others, 
but it is moving in the right direction. 
Initially we have seen a step up in 
permanent opportunities and we 
also expect further growth from our 

contractor base. The balance has 
swung in favour of candidates and 
indeed in many areas there is a 
shortage of STEM skills. This has 
always been anticipated but the 
speed of the change has been 
surprising. There is no single reason 
for this and we look forward to the 
challenge to support our clients  
and to be seen as the STEM partner 
of choice.

Our leadership team have been 
exceptional throughout the year, 
even though the majority of our 
people were working from home  
for the whole period. They have  
used the opportunity to reset the 
business for the post-pandemic 
period. The Improvement Plan is 
now completed and in the final 
stages we implemented a revitalised 
commission scheme, focused  
on core delivery for our larger 
clients, embraced hybrid working, 
successfully supported our 
customers through IR35 and 
launched our new systems. At  
the same time they have worked 
tirelessly to support our people  
to ensure everyone remains 
connected. In July we launched  
our new Purpose, Vision, Mission  
and Values which we believe will 
ensure we deliver a service that is so 
trusted that our clients, candidates 
and colleagues recommend us 
without hesitation.

As part of the reset we initially had  
to make a number of colleagues 
redundant during October 2020.  
This allowed us to keep our costs  
under control at the low point of the 
pandemic cycle but it has subsequently 
allowed us to address the balance  
of skills required in the business.  

We have seen our numbers employed 
in UK sales gradually increase in the 
second half (16% from January to July). 

Towards the end of the year we chose 
to close our operations in Mexico  
as recent government legislation 
prohibiting outsourcing of workers 
meant that it would no longer be 
financially viable to operate in the 
market. We also agreed the 
divestment of our South African 
operations to a management buyout. 
The sales operation in South Africa 
was always borderline and we took 
the decision to focus on our core 
support centre in the region who 
provide delivery support for our  
UK and North American operations.

We remain focused on managing  
our working capital and our net cash 
position. We ended the year with 
£19.9m of net cash (excluding lease 
liabilities), compared with £27.3m at 
the end of 2020. This is largely due to 
the repayment of £4.7m of deferred 
VAT together with a deterioration in 
debtor days. The latter is closely 
monitored and we are cognisant  
that as our clients emerge from the 
pandemic their balance sheets are 
often stretched.

Following the repayment of our 
revolving credit facility last year  
we no longer have any covenant 
restrictions. In addition, we have 
£53.4m of liquidity at the year end, 
being our cash resources and our 
undrawn invoice financing facility. 
Whilst future growth will see the 
need for additional working capital 
we have mitigated this to some 
extent by changes in contractor 
terms and therefore we expect to 
maintain a strong balance sheet.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

11

 “ We are confident that the 
changes we have made in 
the business leave us better 
placed for the future.”

  Patrick Shanley
  Non-Executive Chair

Dividend
When we announced we would not 
be paying any dividends in 2018, the 
decision was not taken lightly. At that 
time we had net debt of £40m and 
needed to address our balance sheet. 
We believe we have now done so and 
feel confident that we can manage 
any challenges thrown up by the 
pandemic. Our long-standing 
objective has been to achieve a 
through-the-cycle dividend pay-out 
of approximately 50% of profits after 
tax. The Board believe that this year 
we should reinstate the dividend and 
feel that 1.5p per share is a reasonable 
first step towards our objective.

Diversity and inclusion
We recognise that we fell short on the 
gender balance on the Board and 
indeed within our leadership group. 
We are grateful that Tracey James 
joined the Board as a non-executive 
director with effect from December 
2020. Tracey chairs the Audit 
Committee and is a member of the 
Remuneration Committee. Tracey is a 
chartered accountant who has spent 
26 years with Grant Thornton, the 
latter 14 years as an audit partner. As a 
result David Lawther has moved over 
to chair the Remuneration Committee. 
It is the Board’s intention to appoint a 
further independent non-executive 
director in the near term to address  
the balance between independent  
and non-independent directors.

Below Board level we have also 
committed to ensuring that by  
2024, 40% of our leadership group  
will be female. We recognise as an 
organisation we need to redress  
the balance within the Group and 
Tracey has agreed to provide Board 

sponsorship with Kevin of our Diversity 
and Inclusion steering group. This 
group will look at the wider aspects  
of diversity and inclusion.

Outlook
The fundamentals of our business 
model position us well for the upswing 
in the economy. It is well recognised 
that the demand for STEM skills will 
only increase and we are well 
balanced to fulfil our role with our 
clients in finding the talent that they 
require. Last year we were cautious 
regarding the timing and whilst we 
feel more confident today we are also 
aware that this pandemic may well be 
wounded but is not yet finished. There 
may well be twists and turns over the 
coming months.

What we do know is that our business 
is in the best possible position to 
exploit any market growth having 
been focused on our core markets  
for over 37 years. We have left  
behind us Brexit, IR35, new systems 
implementation and hopefully the 
worst of COVID-19. What lies ahead  
is a period where the expectation for 
major infrastructure projects in the  
UK is unprecedented and an optimism 
amongst our client base that we are 
entering a growth phase for STEM 
skills with a shortage of candidates. 
We are therefore hopeful that as the 
markets return we will see a significant 
recovery in the medium-term to our 
level of profitability.

Patrick Shanley
Non-Executive Chair

5 November 2021

12

Gattaca plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

CEO’s Statement
Using group expertise to 
support clients with their 
STEM skills needs to sustain 
the recovery

Introduction
This has been a challenging year for 
our clients, candidates and colleagues 
as we continued to be significantly 
impacted by the effects of the global 
pandemic. Whilst successfully 
operating remotely for a significant 
part of the year, we focused on 
ensuring that we continued to 
support our clients with their talent 
requirements through the challenges 
posed by the pandemic, alongside 
managing operational costs to an 
appropriate level.

This could not have been achieved 
without the commitment, dedication 
and expertise of our people. I would 
like to thank them all as they have 
continued to focus on our clients, 
contractors and candidates whilst 
managing the complexities of the 
new environment that we have all 
had to adapt to. Each colleague is a 
valued member of the Gattaca family.

Some difficult decisions were needed 
in the early part of the year whilst the 
impact of the pandemic continued, 
namely the reset of our cost base 
with a redundancy programme. We 
ensured the appropriate operational 
scale during this time but also 
proactively accelerated our plans  
to align the organisation with the 
markets and our client’s needs. This 
included the closure of our Mexico 
business and the sale of our trading 
operations in South Africa. 

We worked extensively with our client 
and contractor base in the period 
leading up to the much delayed IR35 
changes in the private sector which 
were implemented in April 2021, with 
relatively little disruption compared 
to 2017 when the changes came  
into force in the public sector. 

Since February we have seen the 
markets returning to growth across 
the majority of our major sectors,  
which has led to a candidate short 
market. We are now in investment 
mode and in January embarked on  
a sales hiring programme to invest  
in talent with skill sets aligned to our 
new operating model. At the end of 
the year our people numbers were 
512 colleagues compared to 587  
the previous year.

The Group delivered net fee income 
of £42.1m (2020 restated: £52.8m). 
The pandemic primarily impacted 
the last quarter of the prior financial 
year, whereas it has impacted all  
of our 2021 results, albeit that we 
saw sequential growth of 5% in the 
second half of the year. The Group  
is reporting continuing underlying 
profits before tax of £3.2m (2020 
restated: £4.8m), exceeding our 
expectations at the beginning of  
the year.

During the year we also accelerated 
our plans to adjust our operating 
model and I am pleased that these 
foundations are now in place.

GROUP CONTINUING REVENUE

£415.7m

(2020 restated: £534.7m)

GROUP CONTINUING NFI

£42.1m

(2020 restated: £52.8m)

Accelerating the rebuild
The year ended July 2021 has been  
a significant year of rebuilding for 
the Group as together with the 
senior leaders of the business we 
accelerated and implemented a 
number of key initiatives which  
were introduced in our last annual 
report. Whilst this investment will  
be a factor in 2022 profits, it will  
set the business up for growth  
in the medium and long-term.

Through our UK Engineering, 
Technology and International 
businesses, we will be focused  
on the following market sectors:

•  Defence,

•  Energy,

•  Finance, banking and insurance,

•  Infrastructure,

•  Mobility,

•  Public sector technology,

•  Retail manufacturing and life 

sciences, and

•  Technology, media and telecoms.

These are sectors that have 
significant requirement for STEM 
skills and that offer long-term 
sustainable growth potential. 

With our focus on STEM skills,  
our sales activities are now  
aligned to market sectors with  
an agile structure around account 
management, account development 
and new client acquisition and we 
have further increased the scale of 
our centralised delivery capability.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

13

We have seen increasing optimism with our clients 
 “ We have seen increasing optimism with our clients 
and continued significant investment in major 
and continued significant investment in major 
infrastructure projects in the UK. Our business 
infrastructure projects in the UK. Our business  
is well placed to support future market growth.”
is well placed to support future market growth.”

  Kevin Freeguard
  Chief Executive Officer

Following our major systems 
investment programme we were 
pleased to go live with our new 
technology platform across all 
businesses in April. This is the 
biggest change programme the 
Group has ever undertaken. This 
platform replaced all of our core 
systems and whilst such a major 
change programme did inevitably 
cause some brief disruption, we are 
already seeing substantial benefits. 
We now have a holistic view of all 
our operations with granular visibility 
to underlying activity, enabling more 
efficient and effective customer 
delivery capability and deeper 
business insight for the Group.

There is an increasing focus  
on Environmental, Social and 
Governance (‘ESG’) matters and 
whilst this is an area that has always 
been part of Gattaca’s DNA we are 
mindful there is more we can do.  
As such, during the year we started 
to take a more structured approach 
which is covered in more detail later 
in the strategic report.

As we emerged from lockdown  
we have chosen to embrace hybrid 
working as a core practice having 
observed some of the benefits 
arising from the working patterns 
adopted during the pandemic. 
 This offers greater flexibility to our 
people which helps retention and  
we believe enhances productivity, 
but also enables access to wider 
markets for internal talent.

We have also revised our purpose, 
vision, mission and values to ensure 
it is fully aligned to support the 
direction of the Group. I am pleased 
with progress as we roll out and 
embed this across the organisation. 

Our vision to be the STEM staffing 
partner of choice is underpinned  
by our four strategic priorities:

•  Sell to a market – growing our 
customer base and deepening 
relationships,

•  Add value by product – 

innovating and developing 
products to meet customer needs,

•  Expert fulfilment by skill – 
enriching the customer 
experience and enhancing our 
service delivery capability, and

•  Collaborative high performing 

culture – improving organisational 
alignment and performance.

With these changes made, our 
business model will now be  
better positioned to support  
market demand.

Outlook
The  demand for STEM skills remains 
high and in certain areas clients  
are finding it more challenging to 
identify and secure specialist talent. 
This plays well to our core capability 
which is all about finding critical 
skills and expertise for businesses.

We have seen increasing optimism 
within our clients and continued 
significant investment in major 
infrastructure projects in the UK.  
We continue to invest in sales 
headcount and expect sustainable 
growth over the medium to long 
term in our chosen markets. 

Finally, as part of our increasing 
confidence in the future we are 
pleased to be resuming dividends.

Kevin Freeguard
Chief Executive Officer

5 November 2021

14
14 Gattaca plc 
Gattaca plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Our Purpose,  
Mission, Vision & Values

We are proud to have relaunched our Purpose, Mission, Vision and Values. 
These are the building blocks that define what Gattaca Stand for. 

We are proud to present how each underpins how we support our clients, 
candidates and colleagues.

Purpose

Our purpose is clear:

Providing the skills needed to build a better  
future, one job at a time

Our purpose helps every single person associated with Gattaca understand 
why we exist, beyond the individual tasks we do or the goals we have – it all 
comes back to building a better future. 

Through the skills of our colleagues, we deliver the talent and solutions our clients  
need to build a faster, smarter, cleaner and fairer world. We stay grounded in the 
knowledge that change doesn’t happen overnight – we focus project-by-project  
and job-by-job to live our purpose. 

Read more about our purpose 
in action on Pages 16-21

Vision

Our vision is simple:

To be the STEM talent partner of choice

Our vision is both ambitious and achievable, but most importantly  
drives change in our organisation to help us continuously pursue the goal  
of being the number one choice for our clients, candidates, colleagues, 
suppliers and investors. 

With 37 years experience, we’re deeply embedded and ideally positioned within STEM 
industries, but we recognise that we will only be the partner of choice by continuing to 
invest in the people, systems and solutions that they need.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial statements 

15
15

 “ Talent is both the biggest risk and greatest opportunity for any 
business, especially in engineering and technology markets. As 
such, finding, recruiting and retaining high-quality STEM talent 
has never been more important. Gattaca is ideally positioned to 
be the partner of choice for organisations requiring STEM talent, 
whether they’re a fledgling startup or a large enterprise.”

  Kevin Freeguard
  Chief Executive Officer

Mission

Our mission is bold:

Every day we deliver a service that is so trusted  
that our clients, candidates, colleagues and 
suppliers recommend us without hesitation

Our mission ensures that ‘service’ and ‘trust’ is at the heart of our actions.  
For our stakeholders to recommend us without hesitation, they must trust us. 
For this to happen, we need to deliver an exceptional service. 

Our mission drives these priorities not just into our strategic activities, but in the  
day-to-day actions of every one of our colleagues. This could mean helping our clients make 
talent become an enabler for their success, enriching the lives of our candidates through the 
right career opportunities, creating more fun, inclusive and fulfilling working environments 
for our colleagues, or generating shared value and opportunity for our supply chain. 

Values

Underpinned by our purpose, mission and vision, 
our values define the behaviours that we aspire 
towards and help us achieve greater success.

Trust
We do the right thing, 
honour our commitments  
and deliver on our 
promises. Above all  
else, nothing is more 
important to us than  
our clients’ trust.

Professional
We’re proud of our 
reputation and maintain 
high standards internally 
and externally. We  
deliver a professional 
service that clients don’t 
hesitate to recommend.

Ambition
We’re high performers, 
and we operate with  
edge and pace. Every  
day, we strive to set  
an industry example in 
everything we do and  
try to make a positive 
impact to everyone  
we work with.

Fun
We enjoy the work  
we do and the people  
we do it with. We 
collaborate, celebrate  
and promote a working 
environment where 
everyone is valued for 
their contributions and 
treated with respect.

16 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Our 
Purpose 
in Action

“ Sometimes in recruitment it’s easy to forget  

the impact you are having on the lives of those 
around you. When we pledged to get over 2,000 
unemployed workers back into employment,  
it helped remind me and my colleagues of the 
life-changing work we do, and it brought us all  
an important sense of fulfilment in tough times.” 

Recruitment consultant in Gattaca

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

17

Helping over  
2,000 unemployed 
candidates back 
to work

At the start of our financial year in 
August 2020, unemployment was rising 
and putting many into uncertain and 
unstable waters, with more challenges  
to come over the winter months. 

Many talented STEM candidates found 
themselves out of work and facing  
the prospect of being overlooked, due  
to the competitive nature of the job 
market and the unfortunate reality that 
employers often favour candidates  
who are currently in work.

As a staffing business we naturally  
place many thousands of STEM-skilled 
workers into employment every  
year, but in these new operating 
environments, we felt it was imperative 
to focus our efforts on championing 
those who had lost the stability of 
full-time employment.

We also wanted to begin transitioning  
to being more purpose-led approach, 
and helping our colleagues appreciate 
and feel proud of the impact they  
were having on the lives of those  
around them. 

We therefore made a pledge: to help 
over 2,000 unemployed and displaced 
candidates (not including those who 
were between assignments) back into 
work. We didn’t know how long it would 
take, but our colleagues proved straight 
away how keen they were to help their 
communities across the globe. 

They began talking to their clients  
about the initiative and asking for their 
support; as well as filling their shortlists 
of candidates with unemployed talent. 

We are incredibly proud to say we 
completed our mission before the end  
of June 2021. Below is a quote about the 
initiative from one of the candidates we 
helped find work: 

“ I found myself unemployed 
right at the beginning of the 
pandemic in March 2020.  
I thought I wouldn’t be back  
in work until the pandemic  
was over, and it began to 
impact my mental health. 

Gattaca changed all of that. 
They responded to my emails 
very quickly, and it only took 
2-3 weeks to find a new role 
for me. I’d lost my financial 
stability, and Gattaca helped 
me get it back.” 

   Systems Subject Matter Expert  

placed into a Healthcare business 

 
18 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Our 
Purpose 
in Action

On a mission 
to help 10,000 
client contacts 
build a better 
future

Beyond our goal to help 
unemployed candidates, we also 
pledged to support our clients 
through a highly challenging time. 

We knew the main way we could 
help them was by cultivating a  
range of resources to help them 
adjust to the rapidly evolving  
talent landscape. We set a target  
to support 10,000 clients contacts 
build a better future. 

In particular, we knew we could  
help them: 

Attract, engage 
& retain talent 
more effectively

Control 
workforce  
costs and risk

Optimise their 
workforce 
strategies

Our main method of providing our 
customers with helpful resources 
was through the purpose-built 
Insights Centre on our website, 
which included a calendar to all  
our virtual events (all of which are 
also available on-demand) and a 
range of free tools and resources  
to help business achieve their 
talent ambitions.

We’re proud to have helped over 
2,500 client contacts with their 
workforce challenges through 
insightful webinars, helpful 
downloads, useful online tools and 
resources and one-to-one calls with 
internal and external specialists. 

“We want to do everything we can 
to help our customers through these 
difficult times, and whilst we’ve got  
a great range of talent solutions 
services available, we wanted to 
offer more”, said Matthew Wragg, 
Chief Customer Officer. 

“As such, we’ve pulled together  
as a group and reached out to our 
valued partner network to provide 
our customers with a variety of 
events and resources to help them 
and their business in the post-
COVID-19 world,” Matthew 
commented.

“From how to engage your staff in  
a remote environment, transforming 
your business, coordinating 
mindfulness sessions to help your 
personal wellbeing, to facilitating a 
roundtable event on how to embed 
diversity into your business, and 
much more in between, we’re here  
to help.”

  
  
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

19

20 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Our 
Purpose 
in Action

Inspiring  
the next 
generation

At Gattaca, we’re proud to work 
within vital STEM sectors, placing 
thousands of talented engineers  
and technologists into extraordinary 
companies that help shape the 
modern world. However, we’re also 
aware of the current skills shortage, 
which is why it’s so important to  
help inspire the next generation  
and build a pipeline of future talent.

In addition, with the COVID-19 
pandemic resulting in many of our 
key communities working from 
home with their children, we wanted 
to help make home-schooling a little 
easier and more exciting, with the 
hope of inspiring young minds.

To help with this we launched 
‘Building STEM futures’: an online 
hub dedicated to helping inspire  
the next generation of STEM talent. 

We launched a range of simple  
but fun video-guided activities  
that subtly taught children about  
a range of STEM-focused skills and 
topics such as the forces, coding,  
problem solving, perseverance, 
experimenting, logical thinking  
and much more.

We also put together a ‘STEM  
toys playbook’; a book featuring 
commentary and reviews on some 
of the best STEM-based toys 
available for a wide range of age 
groups. These toys were reviewed 
by none other than Gattaca’s 
parents and their children, rating 
how fun, educational and (most 
importantly) how long they kept  
the children entertained for!

To launch this campaign, we ran  
a competition, aimed at providing 
schools and nurseries with a 
selection of these toys to get 
children learning all about STEM 
skills. We donated toys to school 
classes, nominated by our winners. 
The toys were delivered with great 
excitement all round. One of our 
winners, Greg of the RNLI, nominated 
his son’s infant school and said:

“ Thank you so much  

I am really overwhelmed 
by how amazing the prize 
is for the school... thank 
you! My son is definitely 
an engineer in the making 
and really loves his  
STEM toys.”

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

21

You can explore our four STEM-
You can explore our four STEM-
based video guided activities and 
based video guided activities and 
download the STEM toys playbook 
download the STEM toys playbook 
by scanning the QR code here.
by scanning the QR code here.

22

Gattaca plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Our Business Model

Our business model 
is straightforward 

We connect STEM employers with technical talent and solution  
based outcomes through tailored offerings, expert consultancy  
through robust governance, processes, systems, data and subject  
matter expertise. How we do this is where Gattaca excels. 

E

T

S

M   E M P L O Y E R S & ORGANISA
l   expertise

l

S k i

TI

O

N

S

Our clients and candidates  
are very often the same 
community. Through our  
vision, mission and our values,  
we seek to treat all of our 
customers with the same 
professional service, with  
emphasis on building  
trusted, long-term  
partnerships.

R
e
c
r
u

i

t

m

e

n

t

e

x

p

e

rtise

e
s
i
t
r
e
p

arket ex

M

C

A

NDIDATES &   O U T C O M E

S

 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial statements 

23

Skill expertise

It takes real skill to match the right job with the right person, and our business  
has excelled for 37 years at developing the market-leading fulfilment specialists  
to execute this role. Our ‘inch-wide, mile-deep’ philosophy means that each  
and every recruiter has a market, skill and geographical focus so they are able  
to foster true expertise on the talent availability in that space. We further enable 
our people through a market-leading technology platform and innovative tools  
to support this process and deliver value to both our candidates and our clients.

Market expertise

We’re deeply embedded in eight market sectors, enabling greater intimacy and 
understanding of our clients’ requirements, the talent solutions that best enable 
their business, the skills they need to be successful and the competitive landscape 
in which they operate. We invest in sector-specific governance and compliance 
processes, underpinned by a robust central framework, to tailor our service 
appropriately. 

Recruitment expertise

Our clients trust us to excel in recruitment best practice, helping them to  
attract, engage and retain talent and shape their people strategies. We cater  
for every talent challenge, from single vacancies, through to complex workforce 
programmes for thousands of hires, and everything in between. Our workforce 
solutions and talent consultancy delivers an enhanced quality, cost, speed and 
compliance experience through robust processes, systems and data, which in  
turn helps drive our clients’ success.

24 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Market Overview
Understanding the trends 
and opportunities

The industry markets we operate in
As a group we provide technical recruitment, statement 
of work services and outsourced talent solutions to our 
clients across our eight market segments. 

Technical recruitment

Demand for technical recruitment has been affected by 
the pandemic over the last 18 months. We have remained 
resilient through the challenges in 2020 and have seen 
growth opportunities with our clients as confidence 
builds in 2021. 

Current conditions see a greater growth in demand than  
the market has ever seen. This combined with a shortage 
in supply especially across STEM candidates means we 
are in a candidate-driven market. 

Our long established in-depth knowledge of the most 
niche STEM candidates allows us to identify and engage 
talent with the right skills that others cannot. 

The insight we hold, enables our clients to access this 
talent and as the demand for talent increases we are 
well placed to capitalise on this.

Outsourced solutions 

Our tailored and collaborative outsourced solutions 
model provides flexible, permanent and total workforce 
solutions across the engineering and technology markets.

As businesses become more aware of the importance  
of talent optimisation, so does the market for mature, 
forward-thinking workforce strategies. 

The global market for permanent Recruitment Process 
Outsourcing (‘RPO’) solutions is expected to achieve a 
Combined Annual Growth Rate (‘CAGR’) of 18.5% in the 
period to 2027, according to a new report by US-based 
Grand View Research. Similarly, according to research 
conducted by Everest, the global Managed Service 
Provider (‘MSP’) market for contractor recruitment 
solutions has a current approximate value of $150bn. 

The UK and US, both Gattaca territories, are two of the 
top three largest geographical markets. The market size 
for MSP is projected to grow by a CAGR of 13% for at  
least the next 5 years. We are continuing to invest in our 
workforce solutions offering to better support customers’ 
growing preference for these models, particularly at  
mid and enterprise levels, as demonstrated by our 
recent inclusion onto the HRO Today’s “Baker’s Dozen” 
list of top midsize RPO providers globally, based on 
customer feedback. 

Statement of work 

Our projects business which provides outcome-based 
services has grown steadily in 2021 with a growing client 
base that have benefited from our experience in project 
management and in-depth technical expertise. Our 
ability to provide the solutions to complex technical  
and operational challenges has allowed us to build 
partnerships across our client base.

Our business mix
Our contract business proved resilient with net fees 
20.2% lower in the period on a continuing basis. Contract 
NFI now accounts for 74% (2020 restated: 74%) of group 
net fee income on a continuing basis, at £31.3m (2020 
restated: £41.2m). Contract gross margin on a continuing 
basis was 7.5% (2020 restated: 7.3%).

Permanent recruitment, which was more susceptible to 
the economic shocks at the start of the year, declined 
15% on prior year with net fees of £11.5m (2020 restated: 
£13.5m). Permanent net fees represented 27% (2020 
restated: 25%) of group NFI on a continuing basis. As 
companies rebound, demand for permanent labour is 
the fastest growing service line and as such we have 
invested in headcount to focus on this accordingly, since 
January we have increased the size of the permanent 
recruitment sales team by 8%.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

25

Our markets

DEFENCE

ENERGY

During the 2021 financial year, defence, our second largest 
sector, was characterised by long-term capital projects 
providing a level of stability. Our defence market saw only an 
11% NFI reduction year-on-year, with much of this attributed  
to a single customer particularly impacted by the COVID-19 
pandemic. There is long-term government commitment to 
defence programmes and this year saw a £2bn increase in 
sector spend in the UK compared to the prior year. The 
continued investment to meet NATO’s 2% of GDP target gives 
a positive expectation of continued growth in the next ten 
years, both in terms of spend and employment. With ten other 
countries spending more on defence than the UK, export 
opportunities continue to exist across the globe. The recent 
AUKUS Nuclear Deterrent agreement is just one example.

A resurgent and indeed buoyant private technology market 
has removed the candidate attraction benefit this market 
had during the height of COVID-19. This has been further 
challenged by the slow candidate security vetting process  
in the UK. Though this could be perceived as negative for 
the outlook, this plays to our strength as clients look for 
closer collaboration to leverage our very strong presence  
in this market. A large part of our focus in this and in many 
of our sectors is the convergence between engineering  
and technology. According to the REC (‘Recruitment and 
Employment Confederation’) data software engineers have 
the third highest shortfall of candidates versus the demand 
in the market. 

Our energy market was impacted less by COVID-19 with only 
11% lower NFI year-on-year. Energy demand remains high  
with our offering being diversified across: renewables, nuclear, 
transmission and distribution and with minimal exposure to the 
oil and gas downturn earlier in the year. 

The oil and gas market, to which we have limited exposure,  
saw a major decline in the year but has now stabilised. With a 
consolidation in the client and competitor space, we are now 
seeing signs of increased demand, much of which remains 
associated to essential maintenance and turnaround projects. 
We are not expecting any sign-off on capital programmes  
until 2022.

In transmission and distribution, there is significant investment 
in to HVDC (‘High Voltage to Direct Current’) connections to 
enable greater energy distribution between the UK and Europe. 

Nuclear new build is steady, Hinkley Point C has been delayed 
but Sizewell C is going through planning, so the market offers 
long-term sustainable opportunity to the group and with 
developments on smaller ‘off-the-shelf’ reactors providing a 
cheaper future energy option. 

Both the UK and US governments continue to add stimulus  
to the growing green agenda and we’re seeing governments’ 
investment moving towards renewables which plays well to 
our credentials in the offshore wind market. We expect 
continued demand and success supporting both Arklow and 
Dogger Bank programmes.

FINANCE, BANKING AND INSURANCE

A small but growing market within our UK operations, the 
Finance, Banking and Insurance (‘FBI’) market offers us great 
growth potential. Economies are recovering across Europe 
and we saw technology skill demand at banks increase 
earlier than most other markets. Digital transformation is 
prime in the sector, with large numbers of mid and front 
office colleagues being replaced by digitised processes. 
Even at the height of COVID-19, investment continued for 
more creative, agile and disruptive services and ways to 
interact and predict customer behaviours, with significant 
investment in machine learning, artificial intelligence and 
customer analytics. 

As markets recovered there was an acceleration of hiring 
and talent requirements into the financial technology 
sector. We expect to continue to see a shift from traditional 
systems and development roles to cloud, microservices 
and cloud development. 

26 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Market Overview continued

INFRASTRUCTURE

MOBILITY

Infrastructure is by far our largest market within the Group, 
with a predominant focus on the provision of contract 
labour for major programme based work. Infrastructure 
has performed inline with the group average of 18% decline 
in NFI year-on-year. 

Across the larger infrastructure sub-markets of rail, utilities 
and highways there has been a consistent theme that the 
major programmes have continued, but not at the pace  
of pre-COVID-19. All markets have been impacted to  
some degree through the shortage of both materials  
and skilled labour. 

Typical funding cycles in regulated markets saw considerably 
less spend committed in the early part of our financial year 
as they looked to offset the loses brought about from less 
commercial revenues. 

Pleasingly though, we have seen the levels of spend 
commitment increasing as industry confidence grows.  
With commercial revenues increasing and programme 
spending commitments falling within a compressed period, 
demand for contract labour is likely to increase. 

In rail, CP6 (‘Contract Period 6’) has two more years to  
run and will see a continuation of spend, with a heavy focus 
on maintenance and repair and some smaller construction 
jobs being moved to CP7 which commences in April 2024. 
Major programmes such as the Transpennine upgrade, 
East-West Rail New Line and HS2 will generate significant 
STEM labour demand for many years to come across a 
broad geography.

In utilities, we’ve seen a significant increase in demand  
to assist in the roll out of enhanced fibre networks. In the 
water and waste markets any reduction in spend in prior 
year is resulting in increased investment over a shorter 
period with programmes such as the upgrade of sewage 
treatment works at Mogden and Beckton and the utility 
diversion works at Euston Station, which form part of the 
HS2 project. 

In highways, the market has large demand across nearly all 
geographies within the UK with various new frameworks 
going live equating to over £20bn of investment. These 
include the National Highways (formerly Highways 
England) Regional Delivery Partnerships (‘RDP’) 
framework, the Smart Motorway Alliance, SDF (‘Scheme 
Delivery Frameworks’) highways improvements as well as 
major works on programmes such as Silver Town Tunnel 
and the Lower Thames Crossing. 

Mobility has been one of our most impacted sectors within  
the Group with 44% lower NFI year-on-year. The aerospace 
market has been significantly impacted by the substantial 
reduction in air travel which is still 40% down on pre-pandemic 
levels, which is a significant increase on it’s low of 80% down at 
the beginning of the financial year. Despite this the second half 
of the year saw a return in confidence and increase in client 
demand. Opportunities have been provided in maintenance, 
repair and overhaul work as aircraft begin to be brought back 
in to operation and flight travel is now four times higher than  
at its lowest levels.

The automotive market has continued to see a significant 
investment and growing consumer confidence in electric and 
plug-in hybrid vehicles, which this year equated to 16% of all 
vehicles sales in the 9 months to September 2021, up from  
9% in prior year. However, the well publicised semi-conductor 
shortage has impacted the ability of automotive companies to 
recover. Our focus remains on both the technology skills and 
high-end premium brands within this market.

Though areas of the maritime market have been impacted 
heavily by reduction in travel and tourism, our focus has been 
towards the naval premium leisure brands and companies 
supporting shipping which has lessened the impact. Similar  
to the automotive market, our focus on premium brands and 
leveraging our coverage of both engineering and technology 
skills has enabled us to grow within the rapidly expanding 
automated technology areas.

PUBLIC SECTOR TECHNOLOGY

Our public sector technology market has seen solid growth of 
24% NFI year-on-year, albeit on a small base, with hiring both 
for permanent and contract resource continuing to remain 
high as the public sector deals with the unpredictability of  
the demands brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic and 
Brexit. Contingent labour demands grew across technology 
skills due to the need for upgrading systems at pace to work 
in a remote world. Implementation of IR35 within the private 
sector rebalanced the relative attractiveness of assignments 
in the public sector versus the private sector.

We have invested in our team and leadership capability in this 
area to capitalise on an estimated £3.2bn spend on contingent 
labour in the UK. We expect to benefit from further mandating 
of the public sector recruitment frameworks in which we 
participate. We also see a trend for public sector bodies 
releasing tenders for packages of work and solutions, playing to 
our skill, scale and service strengths. Though the demand has 
increased across all markets, this will increase the competition 
for candidates to public sector bodies. 

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

27

RETAIL, MANUFACTURING AND LIFE SCIENCES

INTERNATIONAL

Retail, manufacturing and life sciences have seen a  
22% reduction in NFI year-on-year, with restrictions in 
manufacturing facilities severely restricted and consumer 
spending low. 

On a continuing basis, revenue was £10.2m (2020 restated: 
£13.8m), and NFI declined by 30% to £3.5m (2020 restated: 
£5.0m). International operations represented 8% of the 
Group’s continuing NFI. 

As the economy has recovered we have seen a steady 
increase in demand in this market. However, this is one  
of the markets most impacted by the skills and materials 
availability challenges caused by Brexit. Leisure and luxury 
markets are forecasting significant growth, but this comes 
with a level of fragility which, when compared with our other 
sectors, is closely aligned with economic factors. Candidate 
confidence to work indoors on production lines has risen 
during the year but the skills shortage is still rife.

Our presence in the life sciences market focuses on the 
medical device market, which saw significant growth  
in the early days of the pandemic with Gattaca playing a 
significant part in the ventilator programme, but we have 
not been positioned to capitalise on the growth across the 
broader technology and R&D investment as yet. 

In the US & Canada we focus on growing within the energy 
and technology markets from Dallas and Toronto. We’ve 
matured our offering in the region with the development 
RPO, which offers scalable opportunity for growth. 

This year has seen a further consolidation of our 
international footprint with the closing of our Mexican 
operations and the sale of our South African operations. 
The changes in legislation for contract recruitment in 
Mexico meant we could not see an opportunity for 
significant, scalable and sustainable profitability. In South 
Africa we have retained a significant operations team to 
support our activities across Europe and North America.

TECHNOLOGY, MEDIA AND TELECOMS

Whilst impacted by the pandemic, this market has 
recovered quickly with a continued focus on investment  
in new technologies such as 5G, eSIM and iSIM as all 
companies look for a more digitised operating model. 

NFI for our technology, media and telecommunications 
business was 30% lower compared with the previous year. 
This unit was impacted in particular by two managed 
service contracts which were impacted by the COVID-19 
pandemic.

We are seeing key skill set demand, including: software 
development, cloud, infrastructure, data and enterprise 
resource planning, and as such the market is candidate-
driven, resulting in average salaries increasing and clients 
increasingly becoming open to fully remote working. 

28 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Key Performance Indicators

Financial KPIs

NFI (£m)

NFI from continuing operations (£m)

Adjusted net cash/(debt)(£m)

2021

2020

2019

2018

43.1

54.7

2021

20201

2019

2018

72.1

78.9

42.1

52.8

2021

19.9

2020

27.3

69.1

(24.8)

71.4

(40.9)

2019

2018

£43.1m

(2020: £54.7m)

£42.1m

(2020 restated: £52.8m)

£19.9m

(2020: £27.3m)

d
e
n

i
a
l

p
x
e

t
n
e
m
e
r
u
s
a
e
M

Net Fee Income (‘NFI’), equivalent 
to gross profit, is revenue less cost 
of sales, predominately the sum  
of contract NFI and fees for  
the placement of permanent 
candidates, less any directly 
attributable adjustments or rebates.

NFI from continuing operations is 
revenue less cost of sales from 
continuing business, predominately  
the sum of contract NFI and fees  
for the placement of permanent 
candidates, less any directly 
attributable adjustments or rebates.

Total group net cash/(debt) excluding 
lease liabilities, less any cash and  
cash equivalents, after capitalised 
financing costs.

e

l
a
n
o

i
t
a
R

Indicates the volume of business 
generated in the year and is a 
prerequisite to any sustainable 
bottom-line growth.

Indicates the volume of continuing 
business generated in the year.

Adjusted net cash/(debt) is a key 
element of the Group’s capital structure.

Operational KPIs

NFI mix (%)

Average NFI per sales head (£’000)

NFI Mix: UK vs International (%)

2021

20201

2019

2018

75

75

70

72

25

25

30

28

2021

2020

2019

2018

125.0

113.4

135.8

126.1

2021

20201

2019

2018

92

91

87

81

8

9

13

19

d
e
n

i
a
l

p
x
e

t
n
e
m
e
r
u
s
a
e
M

e

l
a
n
o

i
t
a
R

75%/25%

(2020 restated: 75%/25%)

£125.0

(2020: £113.4)

92%/8%

(2020 restated: 91%/9%)

Total NFI generated through 
temporary contractor placements  
or permanent placements separated 
out and expressed as a percentage  
of total group NFI.

Total NFI divided by the average  
annual number of sales heads.

Total NFI generated from business 
operations outside of the UK, expressed 
as a percentage of total group NFI.

Contract NFI provides better visibility 
of income and generates long-term 
relationships with our clients.  
Growth in permanent recruitment 
NFI enables the group to benefit 
quickly from operational gearing.

Indicator of staff productivity, with 
growth demonstrating an improved 
efficiency in fee earner activity or a 
higher percentage of fee earners at  
full capacity.

Geographic diversification spreads  
risk and reduces reliance on any  
one economy.

1  Due to the discontinuation of certain operations in 2021 the Group has chosen to present a number of adjusted KPIs for continuing operations as a 
more representative measure of ongoing business. 2020 figures for continuing operations have been restated for the presentation of operations 
discontinued in 2021, as explained in Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements.

 
 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

29

Continuing underlying  
basic EPS (pence)

Underlying profit from 
continuing operations (£m)

Continuing underlying profit 
before taxation (£m)

Conversion ratio (%)

2021

8.4

20201

11.7

2019

2018

2021

3.6

20201

6.2

2021

3.2

20201 4.8

2021

8.6

20201

11.7

28.4

2019

13.7

2019

11.7

2019

22.5

2018

12.4

2018

10.9

2018

19.8

17.4

8.4p

£3.6m

£3.2m

8.6%

(2020 restated: 11.7p)

(2020 restated: £6.2m)

(2020 restated: £4.8m)

(2020 restated: 11.7%)

The amount of underlying 
profit for the year per one 
share in the group; calculated 
as the continuing underlying 
profit attributable to the 
Group’s equity shareholders, 
divided by the average 
number of shares in issue 
throughout the year.

Underlying profitability  
of the group for continuing 
operations before interest  
and taxes with adjustments 
for non-recurring costs, 
impairment and amortisation 
of acquired intangibles and 
impairment of right-of-use 
leased assets.

Profitability of the group  
from continuing operations 
before tax with adjustments 
for non-recurring costs, 
impairment and amortisation 
of acquired intangibles, 
impairment of right-of-use 
leased assets and foreign 
exchange differences.

Underlying continuing profit 
from operations expressed  
as a percentage of  
continuing NFI.

A strong indication as to  
the continuing underlying 
profitability of a company  
for its shareholders.

Demonstrates the profitability 
of the group and how efficient 
it is at managing its 
controllable cost base.

Demonstrates the profitability 
of the group and how efficient 
it is in managing its cost base, 
before taxation.

Indicates the efficiency of  
fee earners in generating NFI, 
the group’s ability to control 
central costs and the level of 
investment in future growth.

NFI per £ staff cost (£)

Staff mix (%) 

Positive engagement score (%)

2021

2020

2019

2018

1.53

1.70

1.68

1.69

2021

2020

2019

2018

71

72

72

73

29

28

28

27

2021

2020

2019

2018

76

78

78

77

£1.53

(2020: £1.70)

71%/29%

(2020: 72% / 28%)

76%

(2020: 78%)

Total NFI divided by the annual  
costs of all staff in the group.

The ratio of fee earning versus 
operational support staff headcount 
taken as an average for the year.

An engagement index based on 
employee responses to seven  
actionable workplace elements.

Key staff productivity metric for Gattaca, 
as well as reflecting the operational 
efficiency of the business as a whole. 

Demonstrates the group’s ability to 
maintain a consistent balance of sales 
and support headcount throughout  
other business changes.

Employee engagement has proven 
linkages to performance, productivity, 
customer service, quality, retention  
and increased profit.

1  Due to the discontinuation of certain operations in 2021 the Group has chosen to present a number of adjusted KPIs for continuing operations as a 
more representative measure of ongoing business. 2020 figures for continuing operations have been restated for the presentation of operations 
discontinued in 2021, as explained in Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements.

30 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Chief Financial Officer’s Report

Key highlights
•  Continuing underlying profit before tax  
of £3.2m for the year (2020 restated: 
£4.8m) in a period which continued to be 
significantly impacted by the pandemic.

•  Adjusted net cash, which excludes  

IFRS 16 finance lease liabilities, of £19.9m 
(2020: £27.3m). 

•  Revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) repaid  
in October 2020 leaving the group 
covenant free.

•  Completion of our new group-wide 

technology platform.

•  Investment in our staff adding 16% to  

our UK sales headcount between January 
and July 2021.

Financial performance
On a continuing basis, revenue of £415.7m 
(2020 restated: £534.7m) generated NFI of 
£42.1m (2020 restated: £52.8m). We achieved 
contract NFI of £31.3m (2020 restated: 
£39.3m) at a margin of 7.5% (2020 restated: 
7.3%), and permanent recruitment fees of 
£10.8m (2020 restated: £13.5m).

Underlying profit before tax from continuing 
operations was £3.2m (2020 restated: £4.8m). 
Statutory profit after tax for the total group 
was £0.6m (2020: loss of £1.8m).

Net cash at 31 July 2021 (excluding lease 
liabilities) was £19.9m (31 July 2020: £27.3m), 
the reduction in net cash year-on-year of 
£7.4m predominantly as a result of £4.7m 
repayments of temporary VAT deferral 
(outstanding VAT deferral payment at 31 July 
2021: £5.6m). Whilst we continued to optimise 
working capital including with regard to 
payment terms for certain contractors, we  
had a significant but largely temporary 
increase in our DSO (‘Day Sales Outstanding’) 
as explained on page 33.

Continuing underlying results
Continuing underlying results are shown 
beneath the consolidated income statement. 
Continuing underlying profit before tax at 
£3.2m (2020 restated: £4.8m) was £1.6m 
below last year with the most significant factor 
being the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic 
through most of the period.

Whilst we moved to full remote working  
within days of the various national restrictions 
without any interruption to our operational 
capability, we saw a significant and relatively 
sudden reduction in trading volumes, and 
having anticipated this, took early mitigating 
actions on our cost base, including 
acceleration of Improvement Plan efficiencies. 
We were also able to achieve significant 
positive changes in terms of digitalisation  
and process optimisation.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

31

“ As our markets emerged from the  
pandemic, our focus has been in ensuring  
we have the right resources in the right 
places to capitalise on our growth 
opportunities, whilst continuing to enhance 
our operational capability which includes the 
successful completion of our technology 
platform implementation.”

  Salar Farzad
  Chief Financial Officer

Continuing underlying results

(0.7)

(0.4)

(0.4)

m
£

’

46.6

(2.2)

(0.4)

(0.8)

(2.4)

(0.3)

(0.6)

38.4

g
n

i

u
n
i
t
n
o
C
0
2
Y
F

i

n
m
d
a
g
n
y

i

l
r
e
d
n
u

t
s
o
c

s
g
n
v
a
s

i

f
f
a
t
s

s
e

l

a
S
K
U

i

g
n
v
a
s

f
f
a
t
s

t
r
o
p
p
u
S
K
U

&
s
u
n
o
b

s
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n

i

,

n
o
i
s
s
i
m
m
o
C

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
n
r
e
t
n

I

s
g
n
v
a
s

i

t
s
o
c

f
f
a
t
s

s
g
n
v
a
s

i

t
s
o
c

y
c
n
a
t
l
u
s
n
o
C

&

l

e
v
a
r
t

f
f
a
t
S

s
g
n
v
a
s

i

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

e
d
a
r
t
n
o

l

s
e
b
a
v

i

e
c
e
r

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

t
b
e
d

d
a
b
n

i

n
o
i
t
c
u
d
e
R

s
t
s
o
c

i

n
m
d
a

r
e
h
t

O

e
g
r
a
h
c

n

i

n
o
i
t
c
u
d
e
R

n
o
i
t
a

i

c
e
r
p
e
d

g
n

i

u
n
i
t
n
o
C

1
2
Y
F

i

n
m
d
a
g
n
y

i

l
r
e
d
n
u

t
s
o
c

Discontinued operations and  
non-underlying costs
The group-wide Improvement Plan continued  
at pace during 2021 and drove some of the  
non-underlying costs below:

£’000

Continuing underlying profit before tax

Restructuring costs and onerous lease payments

Operating loss related to discontinued operations

Restructuring and closure costs relating to 
discontinued operations

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Foreign exchange differences

Reported statutory profit before tax for the 
total group

Profit/(loss) 
before tax

3,227 

193 

 (457)

(693)

 (548)

 (741)

 981

In October 2020, the Group completed the UK 
restructure and the final staff exit costs were lower than 
anticipated which led to a £0.2m credit to continuing 
non-underlying costs above. On 30 July 2021, we 
announced the closure of our Mexican business and sale 
of our South African trading operations which were not 
generating appropriate returns, allowing us to devote 
resources to markets with greater potential. We have 
retained a team in South Africa to support our ongoing 
UK fulfilment and solutions operations. 

We continue to co-operate with the US Department of 
Justice and there have been no significant new matters 
in this regard during the year. Legal fees on this matter 
were £29,000 in the year (2020: £1.4m). As shown in 
Note 28 to the financial statements, the Group is not 
currently in a position to know what the outcome of 
these enquiries may be and we are therefore unable  
to quantify the potential financial impact, if any.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Chief Financial Officers Report continued

Cost actions and UK Government 
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme

During the year we claimed £0.5m of 
government grants (2020: £3.8m) with 
respect to our staff and contractors who  
were placed on the Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme. Following the successful conclusion 
of our group restructure in October 2020 we 
ended our participation in the scheme. The 
group restructure allowed us to rebalance 
resource levels in response to the new levels  
of demand as a result of COVID-19. As demand 
started to return in the UK recruitment market, 
we have added sales headcount based on our 
new operating model and skill requirements, 
facing those markets where we see most 
opportunity, growing our sales headcount  
by 16% between January and July 2021. 

Taxation
The Group’s reported effective tax rate was 
40.7% (2020: 50.5%) as set out in Note 10.  
One of the drivers of our reduced rate was due 
to a loss carry back claim under the COVID-19 
related US Cares Act enabling additional 
utilisation of local brought forward losses.  
The continuing underlying effective tax rate 
was 15.7% (2020 restated: 20.8%), similarly 
impacted by the same overseas loss claims.

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share was 1.8 pence  
(2020: (5.5) pence), and on a fully diluted 
basis was 1.8 pence (2020: (5.5) pence). 

Continuing underlying basic earnings per share 
was 8.4 pence (2020 restated: 11.7 pence).

Cash flow and net cash/(debt) 

Dividends
The Board proposes to pay a final dividend  
of 1.5 pence (2020: nil pence), amounting  
to £0.5 million in total. This will be paid  
on 17 December 2021 to shareholders  
on the register as at close of business  
on 12 November 2021. The ex-dividend  
date will be 11 November 2021. 

Capital expenditure
Capital expenditure in the period of £2.2m 
(2020: £2.5m) was mainly investment in 
software related to our Primary Business 
Systems initiative where we have replaced  
our in-house built legacy systems with  
fully integrated industry leading third party 
systems. This will enhance the data flow and 
performance management across the entire 
group. Following the successful go-live of this 
substantial investment program in April 2021, 
we expect moderate to more normal levels of 
capital expenditure in 2022. 

Net assets and shares in issue at  
31 July 2021
The Group had net assets of £40.9m  
(2020: £38.7m) and had £32.3m (2020: 
£32.3m) fully paid ordinary shares in issue.

Cash flow and net cash/net debt 
Working capital optimisation continues to be  
a key focus for the Group. Net cash at 31 July 
2021 was £14.1m (2020: £19.6m). Adjusted  
net cash (net cash excluding IFRS 16 lease 
liabilities) was £19.9m (2020: £27.3m). 

0.2

(1.2)

3.5

3.4

(4.7)

3.3

(7.0)

(2.4)

1.4

(2.2)

(1.9)

I

T
B
E
g
n
y

i

l
r
e
d
n
U

s
m
e
t
i

h
s
a
c
-
n
o
N

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

g
n
y

i

l
r
e
d
n
u
-
n
o
N

n
o
s
e
s
s
o
L

s
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
o

d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
s
i
d

f
o
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
e
R

T
A
V
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
d

s
m
r
e
t

t
n
e
m
y
a
p

r
o
t
c
a
r
t
n
o
c
d
e
d
n
e
t
x
E

y
r
a
r
o
p
m
e
T

e
g
n
a
h
C
O
S
D

i

x
m
s
m
r
e
t

t
n
e

i
l

c
n

i

e
g
n
a
h
C

g
n

i

k
r
o
w

r
e
h
t

O

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
m

l

a
t
i
p
a
c

1
2
0
2

19.9

t
e
n
d
e
t
s
u
d
A

j

l

y
u
J

1
3
t
a
h
s
a
c

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

e
r
u
t
i
d
n
e
p
x
e

i

n
g
e
r
o
F

,

e
g
n
a
h
c
x
e

x
a
t
d
n
a

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

m
£

’

0
2
0
2

27.3

t
e
n
d
e
t
s
u
d
A

j

l

y
u
J

1
3
t
a
h
s
a
c

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

33

During the period, we repaid £4.7m of deferred VAT to 
HMRC and the outstanding VAT deferral payment as at 
31 July 2021 was £5.6m, which will be repaid in full by 
31 January 2022. We have also repaid the outstanding 
balance on our RCF (31 July 2020: £7.5m) thus 
eliminating all covenants and significantly reducing 
financial risk.

We have continued the roll out of the change to 
payment terms of certain contractors from 7 to 28 days 
which is in alignment with normal payment cycles for 
businesses and most company employees. During the 
financial year this has resulted in further cashflow 
benefit of £3.3m. 

There was a significant increase in DSO to 43.9  
(2020: 35.3) using the countback methodology. Our 
high performing pay, bill and collections team were 
heavily involved in the go-live of our new technology 
platform which was the single biggest change initiative 
undertaken in the Group’s history, and this inevitably 
caused some short term disruption and slightly longer 
billing times leading to higher levels of accrued revenue. 
We estimate that approximately 75% of the increase  
in DSO was driven by this temporary disruption. The 
remainder is largely driven by a change in mix of clients, 
for example in infrastructure, where industry custom  
is for longer payment terms and more complex, and 
therefore longer, billing processes. 

Cash used in operating activities was £2.4m compared 
to £57.6m cash generated in 2020. In 2020 cash from 
operating activities was significantly positively impacted 
by the sudden reduction in trading and therefore 
receivables balances. In 2021, our receivables have 
begun to increase as we return to growth. We expect 
our working capital requirement to be lower as we grow, 
due to the recent change in certain contractors payment 
terms from 7 to 28 days.

Banking facilities and interest rate risk
On 27 October 2020, the Group repaid the £7.5m 
remaining outstanding RCF balance and cancelled  
the facility. As a result the Group no longer has any 
covenant obligations. As of 31 July 2021 the Group had  
a working capital facility of £75m. This facility includes 
both recourse and non-recourse facility. Under the 
terms of the non-recourse facility, the trade receivables 
assigned to the facility are owned by HSBC and so have 
been derecognised from the Group’s statement of 
financial position; in addition, the non-recourse working 
capital facility does not meet the definition of loans and 
borrowings under IFRS. The utilisation of this facility  
at 31 July 2021 was £9.3m recourse and £14.2m  
non-recourse with £7.1m restricted cash collected  
from customers relating to non-recourse facility.

Critical accounting policies 
The statement of significant accounting policies is set 
out in Note 1 to the financial statements.

Group financial risk management
The board reviews and agrees policies for managing 
financial risks. The Group’s finance function is responsible 
for managing investment and funding requirements 
including banking and cash flow monitoring. It seeks to 
ensure that adequate liquidity exists at all times, to meet 
its cash requirements. The Group’s financial instruments 
comprise borrowings, cash and various items, such as 
trade receivables and trade payables that arise from  
its operations, and some matching forward foreign 
exchange contracts. The Group does not trade in 
financial instruments. The main risks arising from the 
Group’s financial instruments are described below.

Credit risk
The Group seeks to trade only with recognised, 
creditworthy third parties. We monitor receivable  
and unbilled balances on an ongoing basis and in 2021 
have taken a conservative approach to receivables and 
unbilled risk and have increased our loss allowance by 
£0.2m to £4.5m. 

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk 
within the group, with no single debtor accounting for 
more than 7% (2020: 8%) of total receivables balances 
at 31 July 2021.

In October 2021 NMCN Plc entered into administration. 
We first became aware that this client had some financial 
difficulties and had embarked on a refinancing path in 
February 2021 and since then we continued to support 
them to protect our existing receivable asset in the 
expectation that the refinancing was likely to be successful. 
Our exposure at 31 July 2021 was £0.8m (which had 
increased to £1.4m in total by in October 2021 when the 
client went into administration). The July exposure was 
covered by the existing expected credit loss provision 
thus not impacting PBT. We had increased this provision 
during the pandemic taking account of market 
conditions and the situation of this particular client. 

Foreign currency risk
The Group generates 8% of its annualised NFI from 
continuing business in international markets. The Group 
does face risks to both its reported performance and 
cash position arising from the effects of exchange  
rate fluctuations. The Group manages these risks by 
matching sales and direct costs in the same currency 
and where appropriate entering into forward exchange 
contracts to effect the same where sales and costs are 
not in the same currency.

Salar Farzad
Chief Financial Officer

5 November 2021

34 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Responsible Business
Putting our values at the 
heart of our business

Introduction
The first half of the year was dominated by  
the pandemic and the lockdown restrictions 
that changed the way we managed our 
people. Moving overnight from being a group 
with a location-based workforce to one with a 
remote workforce was a shock to the system 
and tested the resilience of our people. The 
resilience of our leaders was also tested as  
we restructured to face the realities of the 
changed market, not only did they have to 
manage some very challenging organisational 
and people issues but they were also placing 
people on furlough and restructuring the 
business. This is tough at the best of times but 
in the middle of a pandemic, when emotions 
are heightened, this was a difficult reality. 

People & culture
New Purpose, Vision, Mission and Values

As we launched the Group’s new Purpose, 
Vision, Mission and Values to the wider 
business, having taken the management and 
leadership teams through, we considered  
how we weave these values into our practices 
and processes to ensure they become truly 
embedded in the organisation. They will also 
influence the development of our employment 
value proposition. In a highly competitive 
talent market, we need to ensure we are 
setting ourselves apart from our competitors. 
The new values have been developed to 
support the success of our business and to 
clarify the behaviours that we aspire to and 
those that are unacceptable. 

As the new calendar year kicked in and the  
UK vaccination programme picked up traction, 
confidence increased within our marketplace 
and our HR focus moved from being one of 
restructuring, supporting remote working,  
and resilience, to one of hiring, training, talent 
pooling, hybrid working and starting to focus 
on our long term goals again. We relaunched 
our Purpose, Vision, Mission & Values to 
reinforce the company culture and also launched 
initiatives within our diversity and inclusion 
and ESG programmes. More detail below:

Trust

We placed a great deal of trust in our 
people through the pandemic period 
and our people trusted the company  

to be there for them. We have been able to 
measure levels of trust through our Employee 
Engagement tool (Peakon), launched in 
November 2020, which enables the organisation 
to provide anonymised feedback on a weekly 
basis. Our engagement score of 76% across 
2020/21 places us within the ‘good’ range for 
professional services companies (the benchmark 
is 79%). With a high participation rate, the  
tool enables managers to obtain real time 
feedback, and to respond to it, capturing the 
voice of our people and prioritising actions.

86%

PEAKON  
PARTICIPATION RATE

Peakon participation rate   86%

 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

35

“ Values are at the heart of our business and 

we place great emphasis on each when 
considering how decisions affect our 
stakeholders, colleagues and communities.”

  Claire Cross
  HR Director

Professional

Professional development 
in Gattaca remains a 

priority to ensure our people have 
the skills required to best support 
our clients. We currently have a 
significant number of active 
apprenticeships and professional 
qualifications in progress. We have 
reinvigorated our Sales Training 
Academy to support with effectively 
onboarding new people. Upon 
launching our new Primary Business 
Systems, we ensured a great deal of 
rigour around the training provision 
to minimise disruption to the 
business and support with upskilling 
our people in using the new system. 
Whilst much training has been 
delivered virtually this year we are 
now taking a more hybrid approach. 

In order to drive our strategy more 
effectively a number of structural 
changes have been made to the 
business this year as we begin to 
align our sales teams to market 
sectors. The introduction of client 
development managers to the 
business will better support our 
clients by identifying those where 
there are opportunities to provide  
a broader range of services. 

Ambition

We remain ambitious,  
at both individual and 
organisational level. 

Despite having to restructure 
through the COVID-19 pandemic,  
we continued to promote people 
through the year and invested  
in the growth and development  
of our people, at the same time 
revolutionising our approach to 
training. We recognised the 
importance of self-directed learning, 
launching our new e-learning hub 
‘Gattaca Explore’. In addition, we 
took the opportunity to maximise 
attendance at larger development 
events by hosting virtual seminars 
for our people. We have had several 
speakers, the latest being Geoff 
Ramm, who talked about providing  
a “Celebrity Service”.

Fun

Virtual working presented 
new challenges in keeping 
our people engaged with  
the company. During the months  
of formal lockdown our leaders 
engaged with each individual and 
their teams regularly to support 
them, and arranged various virtual 
team events. As a company we  
also wanted to ensure that people 
remained involved and provided 
regular updates through our 
communication channels. During  
the lockdowns we provided a 
number of virtual events for our 
people and their families which were 
very well received. Throughout the 
lockdown period our engagement 
scores remained stable.

36 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Responsible Business continued

Diversity, equality and inclusion
This year we marked International Women’s 
Day (8 March) by setting ourselves specific 
targets around gender diversity in our 
management population. We are driving 
towards 40% of our management positions 
being filled by females by August 2024 and  
to promote five women into management 
roles by August 2022.

While we score 85% (in Peakon) for non-
discrimination, which places us in the top  
25% for professional services companies,  
we recognise we have some work to do to 
improve our diversity and inclusion scores 
which are 72% and 80%. We have chosen to 
focus on gender initially as we already have 
data to measure improvements made and this 
will raise awareness more broadly around the 
diversity and inclusion agenda. We have set  
up a diversity and inclusion action group and 
network, which has a good representation of 
people from across the business, with board 
sponsorship from non-executive director 
Tracey James and our CEO, Kevin Freeguard 

Returning to the new  
normal/hybrid working
As a sales-based organisation, we do 
understand the importance of bringing our 
teams together to share experiences and 
develop together. At the same time, we  
know that the world has changed, as have  
the expectations of our people to operate  
with greater flexibility. We want our people  
to be the best that they can be.

We therefore consulted with our leadership 
team and listened to feedback from our 
people through Peakon to ensure that, as  
we developed our approach to hybrid working, 
we created the best outcome for the business 
and our people. We know (through Peakon) 
that many of our people have benefitted  
from having greater flexibility in achieving a 
sustainable work-life balance. Our approach  
is outlined below and will continue to evolve  
as we get feedback from our people and  
our leaders. 

Our people remain at the heart of every 
decision we make. Enabling their success  
and maximising their potential through an 
enhanced training offering, providing inclusive 
and flexible ways of working and celebrating 
their successes though meaningful recognition 
programmes will continue to be a feature as 
we look forward.

Wellbeing for our people 
Wellbeing has been a focus area for Gattaca 
over the past year as all of our communities 
adjusted to the challenges of lockdown. 

To help with this, we have rolled out a mental 
health and wellbeing hub on our intranet, 
where we host support mechanisms such as 
an Employee Assistance Programme (‘EAP’), 
resilience and mental health workshops led  
by our in-house management and executive 
coach, and details of the five mental health 
first aiders who we have trained to help 
support our colleagues. 

As well as providing wellbeing support for our 
people, it was crucial we maintained the levels 
of connectivity that had supported us so well 
through the pandemic. Our social events had 
pivoted from in-person to virtual, and we 
needed to maintain the engagement of our 
people. For example we hosted pizza nights, 
sending ingredients through the post to our 
people, we all joined for a ‘Masterchef’ style 
lesson which this was made more entertaining 
for our younger family members by providing 
a magician. At Christmas we sent goodie 
boxes out to colleagues and had a night of 
comedians. Whilst we were unable to hold our 
annual children’s Christmas event physically, 
we sent each child a STEM-related gift. 

In recognition of the Gattaca team’s efforts  
to support the Group over the last 18 months, 
we have announced that all colleagues  
will receive an extra three days of holiday 
between the Christmas and New Year period.

Charitable giving/support in local 
communities
While events to fundraise for the community 
have been challenging to organise during  
he COVID-19 restrictions, our people have 
participated in a range of events for charities 
including Movember, MacMillan and Trinity. 
Our main focus this year has been to support 
Foothold, a charity which, in partnership with 
the Institute of Engineering and Technology, 
specifically supports the wellbeing of engineers 
and technologists. Through the fundraising work 
we have done with Foothold, we have helped 
them launch their new wellbeing hub (see 
myfoothold.org/wellbeinghub), offering free, 
readily available expertise on all things mental 
wellbeing for our STEM-based communities. 
Across all of our charity work this year we have 
raised funds for national and local charities  
and maintained our platinum status in the 
Pennies from Heaven Scheme, donating through 
payroll giving (which 55% of our colleagues 
participate in).

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

37

The assessment utilised research of our 
markets, industry and the wider sustainability 
landscape, including guidance and input 
from best practice methodologies  
and independent, respected reporting  
guidelines and frameworks. The materiality 
assessment helped us to identify five areas 
most relevant to our business and our 
stakeholders, which will form the basis  
of our sustainability strategy. 

•  Energy and climate change: we strive  
to minimise our use of finite resources  
by working towards net zero, whilst 
continually improving our environmental 
performance across our business 
operations by reducing water and waste.

•  Philanthropy and local communities:  
we actively support and engage with 
local communities to invest in our  
society and create a positive social 
impact, including support for charitable 
organisations.

Environmental, social and governance
Sustainability is at the core of our purpose  
to provide the skills needed to build a better 
future, and we are committed to improving 
the positive impact we can have in 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
(‘ESG’) areas across our business operations. 

During the year we engaged a specialist 
external consultant to conduct a materiality 
assessment to review the ESG issues, 
impacts and opportunities most relevant  
to our business. 

Area of materiality for our business

•  Governance, management and 

compliance: best-in-class governance, 
management, compliance and stakeholder 
relationships are the core of our business 
operations.

•  People and wellbeing: we are committed 

to promoting the health, safety and 
wellbeing of our people by providing  
an engaging, diverse and inclusive 
environment focused on wellbeing, 
development, talent management,  
and reward and recognition.

•  Fair and ethical conduct: we always 
conduct ourselves in a professional 
manner, acting with honesty and 
integrity, complying with applicable laws, 
regulations and appropriate standards  
in all countries in which we operate, and 
working with our clients, suppliers and 
other third parties to ensure our high 
ethical standards are maintained.

Our contribution to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
The areas of materiality and priorities align to SDG 3, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 16 where we 
consider our ESG priorities will have the greatest impact.

38 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Responsible Business continued

2021 Highlights

Area of 
materiality

Governance, 
management 
and 
compliance

People and 
wellbeing

2021 highlights

Commentary

Focus for 2022

SDG

We have always maintained strong 
corporate governance, adhering  
to the QCA Code and also the UK 
Corporate Governance Code where 
appropriate for our business.

• Continue to evolve our  

robust governance policies  
and procedures.

• Establish a sustainability action 
group, with board sponsorship, 
evidencing commitment to the 
execution of the ESG strategy.
• Link the ESG strategy, and its 
effectiveness and progress, to 
executive remuneration policies.
• Creation of an annual executive  

and board training calendar.

• Continue to make progress towards 

our target to increase gender 
diversity across our management, 
leadership and board community.

• Continue to drive participation 

rates and employee engagement as 
measured by our engagement tool.

• Ensure our global pay practices 
continue to align to the Living 
Wage across our direct business 
operations.

• Continue to provide insights, 
resources and events to the  
wider community of people with 
whom we collaborate, including  
for our clients, suppliers and 
contractors on issues such as 
diversity and inclusion.

• Continuing to develop our  

new approach to learning and 
development, and to support  
the wellbeing of our people.

The physical, mental and financial 
wellbeing of our people and 
stakeholders remains our top priority.
During the year we refreshed our 
values, aligning our purpose, vision 
and mission to our people strategy, 
communicating our commitment to 
maintaining a diverse and inclusive 
culture in which our people can thrive. 
We introduced the Peakon tool in 
order to measure engagement trends 
across our business. Our overall 
engagement score remained stable 
through the year at 76% which is just 
3% below the industry benchmark. 
Our participation rates weekly 
averaged over 50% and our 
aggregated participation rate at  
86% is 1% below the benchmark. 
This means that 86% of our total 
population have engaged with and 
participated within the survey.
We ran a number of Gattaca 
academies and provided learning 
interventions around hybrid working, 
resilience and leadership to support 
our people through the pandemic.
We maintain ethical and compliant 
labour practices across all of our 
business operations.
We protect our people by adhering  
to recommended health and  
safety guidelines, embedding the 
importance of health and safety in our 
company culture, working with third 
parties to extend this influence across 
our supply chain. We have dedicated 
health and safety resources for our 
high-risk rail business and maintain 
our ISO 45001 (H&S) certification.

• Improving diversity of the board  
with the appointment of our first 
female non-executive director.

• Implementing continuous 

improvement opportunities 
 identified via an annual review  
of the effectiveness of the board  
and each of the committees.

• Strengthening our internal controls 
with the introduction of a new Risk 
Assurance Framework.

• Implementing our single end-to-end 

technology platform improving 
transparency and accuracy of 
reporting, further enhancing our 
control environment.

• Maintaining our ISO 9001 (quality) 
certification and Cyber Essentials 
accreditation.

• Refreshing our values, emphasising  
the importance of respect and an 
inclusive culture in which individual 
contributions are valued.

• Launching a new diversity and 

inclusion initiative across the group, 
including a diversity and inclusion 
action group with board-level 
sponsorship and ambitious targets  
to increase gender diversity across  
our management and leadership 
community.

• Launching our new engagement  
tool, which enables continuous 
feedback and input across a wide 
range of subjects.

• Continuing to focus on employee 

mental health and wellbeing, 
introducing mental health first aiders, 
1:1 resilience coaching for all staff and 
resilience workshops for managers.

• Introducing our hybrid working 

environment to promote work-life 
balance, also providing detailed 
guidance for managers to support 
hybrid teams.

• Refreshing our learning and 

development offering to increase 
opportunities for staff across the 
business.

• Supporting our clients via industry 
round-table discussions, webinars  
and marketing materials to facilitate 
improvements to recruitment 
practices to ensure commitment to 
diversity and inclusion for candidates.

• Developing a new approach to 

learning and development through  
a leading edge programme of online, 
virtual and face-to-face training 
interventions designed to ensure  
our people are equipped for their 
role at all stages of their career. This 
coincided with leadership coaching 
interventions which supported our 
leadership community.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

39

2021 highlights

Commentary

Focus for 2022

SDG

We are committed to acting with 
integrity, ethically and responsibly  
in all our business activities.
We maintain strong standards of 
compliance and ethical conduct, 
regularly reviewing, adapting and 
updating our policies and procedures 
to align to best practice and the 
changing nature of our business.  
We maintain a mandatory training 
programme covering key legal and 
ethical topics, and provide an 
independent whistleblowing  
reporting service for our people to 
anonymously report any concerns.

While we have made efforts to limit 
and reduce our energy demands,  
we recognise that a more targeted 
approach is required to achieve 
significant improvement. We are 
committed to achieving net zero 
across our direct business operations 
and our focus for 2022 is to develop 
our plans and set timescales to 
achieve this.

Area of 
materiality

Fair and 
ethical 
conduct

• Refreshing key mandatory  

training including anti-bribery,  
tax compliance and sanctions.

• Refreshing our values, emphasising  
the importance of trust, doing the 
right thing and delivering on our 
commitments.

Energy and 
climate 
change

• Maintaining our client and  
candidate presence in the  
renewable energy sector.

• Retaining our ISO 14001:2018 

(environmental management system) 
certification and silver membership  
of EcoVadis.

• Significantly reducing UK and 

international travel. Although we 
expect travel to increase during  
2022 due to the easing of COVID-19 
restrictions, we continue to invest in 
technology to enable our people to 
collaborate and engage in the most 
efficient manner.

• Implementing a hybrid working 
environment which will further 
reduce the environmental impact  
by the business.

Philanthropy 
and local 
communities

• Our people also continue to be 

passionate about supporting our 
communities and raised £11,663  
for charity during the financial year.

• Partnering with registered charity 

Foothold to launch a mental  
health and wellbeing hub aimed  
at supporting engineering and 
technology contractors.

• Achieving our target to assist  

2,000 unemployed candidates  
back to work.

We take our responsibilities as an 
employer seriously and continue  
to support several local and wider 
charity and community initiatives.
We partner and support several 
organisations dedicated to 
promoting inclusivity of 
opportunities in STEM industries; 
including Women in Tech, Women 
into Construction, the Womens 
Engineering Society, STEMNet, and 
Pride in STEM.

• Expand the range and delivery 

method of our compliance training 
to further drive engagement and 
retention of learning.
• Embed our new values,  

including refreshing our code  
of professional conduct.

• Develop an ambitious but attainable 
target to achieve net zero across 
our direct business operations, 
whilst challenging our procurement 
methods and supply chain to 
reduce our carbon footprint across 
our indirect business operations.

• Target client and NFI growth  

across all sectors in renewable 
energy projects.

• Work towards a transition to 

renewable energy suppliers across 
our direct business operations.
• Reduce our carbon footprint by 
removing single-use plastics and 
moving to a paperless office, 
actively promoting the use of 
technology for staff in our direct 
business operations.

• Reduce contractor and client 

carbon footprint by moving to 
electronic timesheets/invoices.
• Set a target to reduce UK and 

international business travel on 
pre-COVID-19 levels.

• Actively drive our existing  

group volunteering programme.
• Implement a group-wide global 

charity activity for all staff.

Looking ahead

Whilst we are pleased with our achievements to date, we recognise we are on a journey to embed sustainability 
into our business operations for the long-term. To that aim, in addition to the specific actions outlined above, 
our focus for 2022 will be on strategy development to enable us to establish:

•  baseline assessments and measurements; 

•  data, monitoring and reporting protocols; and

•  ambitious but attainable targets;

•  implementation initiatives to effectively embed 

•  clear action plans and timescales; 

change within the organisation. 

We look forward to providing further updates on our sustainability journey in future reports.

40 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Responsible Business continued

2020-2021 Energy and carbon reporting
We have calculated our environmental impact across scope 1, 2 and 3 (selected categories) emission sources for  
the UK only. Our emissions are presented on both a location and market basis. On a location basis (using the UK 
grid emissions intensity) our emissions are 425 tCO2e, which is an average impact of 1.0 tCO2e per employee.  
We have calculated emission intensity metrics on both an employee and floor area basis.

Further detail of the measures we have taken to meet our environmental responsibilities, and our journey to embed 
sustainability into our business operations for the long-term, can be found on pages 37 and 39. 

The methodology used to calculate the Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) emissions is in accordance with the requirements 
of the following standards:

•  World Resources Institute (‘WRI’) GHG Protocol (revised version).

•  Defra’s Environmental Reporting Guidelines: including Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting requirements 

(March 2019).

•  UK office emissions have been calculated using the DEFRA 2020 and DEFRA 2021 issue of the conversion  

factor repository.

Following an operational control approach to defining our organisational boundary, our calculated GHG emissions 
from business activities fall within the reporting period of August 2020 to July 2021. 

Emissions and energy usage

Scope 1 (tCO2e)

Scope 2 (tCO2e)

Scope 3 (tCO2e)

Emissions source

Gas and transport usage

Electricity

Electricity transmission and distribution

Total scope 3 (tCO2e)

Total (market based) (tCO2e)

Total (location based) (tCO2e)

Total energy usage (kWh)1

Normaliser

Normaliser

Employee cars

Rail

Business flights

tCO2e per FTE

tCO2e per m2

2020-2021

2019-2020

57

120

11

< 1

< 1

83

94

318

271

81

109

9

8

–

–

17

257

207

868,549

852,643

0.6

0.04

0.5

0.03

1  Energy reporting includes kWh from scope 1, scope 2 and scope 3 employee cars only (as required by the SECR regulation). 

During our FY2021 review of our energy and emissions data we have noted some inconsistencies in the quality of our 
data and in FY2022 we will be improving the accuracy of our data sources to enable a robust benchmark to be set. 

The Group have also changed travel providers in the year, which now allow us to capture the carbon consumption 
from flights taken by both our employees and our contractor population. This will allow us to better track our 
consumption from business travel going forwards.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

41

Stakeholder engagement and section 172
The Board recognises that the long-term success  
of the business is dependent on the way we interact 
with a range of key stakeholders.

Gattaca has a history of collaborative and informative 
stakeholder engagement and considerate decision-
making; we comply with the QCA Code which, under 
principles 3 and 9, requires companies to take account 
of wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and 
their implications for long-term success, and to 
maintain governance structures and processes that 
support good decision-making.

This section articulates how, as required by section 172 
of the UK Companies Act 2006, the directors have 
acted to promote the success of the company for the 

benefit of its stakeholders. In meeting this responsibility 
during the year, the directors have had regard, amongst 
other matters, to:

A. the likely consequences of any decisions in the  

long-term;

B. the interests of the Group’s colleagues;

C. the need to foster the Group’s business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others;

D. the impact of the Group’s operations on the 

community and environment;

E.  the Group’s reputation for high standards of 

business conduct; and

F.  the need to act fairly as between members of  

the Group.

Stakeholder engagement

Why we engage

Clients

Gattaca’s success has been built on 
numerous long-standing and trusted  
client relationships. We must ensure  
that we understand evolving client 
requirements in order to best match  
them with our candidates and services.

Candidates

One of Gattaca’s key strengths is  
building relationships with candidates  
that last many years and even across  
whole careers. In-depth candidate 
knowledge also enables us to deliver 
services and solutions for our clients.

How we engage

Material topics

We engage with clients via regular 
communications in our day-to-day 
activities, and via formal feedback 
requests.

•  Recruitment services and solutions

•  Market expertise

•  Access to high quality candidates

•  Building long-term partnerships

We engage with candidates via  
regular communications in our  
day-to-day activities.

•  Career opportunities

•  The candidate experience

•  Data governance

•  Building long-term partnerships

Colleagues

We are a people business, and the 
knowledge, experience and dedication  
of our team members is paramount to 
our success. In order to attract and 
retain the best people, and to get the 
most out of them during their time with 
us, we believe in fostering a culture of 
engagement, collaboration, support and 
inclusivity.

In addition to our ongoing employee 
engagement tool, Peakon, we utilise 
group forums, intranet forums, 
onboarding surveys and exit interviews to 
interact with our people. We hold regular 
business updates at which our people 
have the opportunity to ask questions 
directly to the management team, and 
undertake specific engagement surveys on 
topical issues.

•  Training and development 

opportunities

•  Career progression and recognition

•  Compensation and incentives

•  Group culture and reputation

•  Health, safety and wellbeing

Investors

The Board regards effective 
communication with shareholders as  
crucial to understanding and meeting  
their needs and expectations. The full 
Board regularly considers feedback  
from investors.

Our investor relations programme 
includes presentations and the 
opportunity for shareholders to meet 
with the Chair, Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer following  
the announcement of our interim and 
preliminary results. We release the results 
of general meetings through a regulatory 
news service and also on our website, 
which also contains historical results, 
presentations and communications.

•  Financial and operational 

performance

•  Long-term growth

•  Business model and strategy

•  Capital allocation

•  Dividends

42 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Responsible Business continued

Examples of principal decisions in 2021
Principal decisions in 2021
The Board considered the interests of and the impact on all stakeholders when making a number of key decisions 
during the year, as demonstrated by the following examples. 

Principal decision 1
Following the COVID-19 pandemic and lockdowns across all of our global offices, we introduced a new hybrid 
working approach for our people. 

In making the decision, we considered:

The impact on  
the long-term 
sustainable success 
of the Group

As we entered the post-pandemic world of work, we had an opportunity to review and take stock of 
how we operate as a business. One such consideration has been around where we physically locate 
ourselves; office or remote, to maximise our performance and retain the benefits that have been felt by 
not travelling into any office location on a full-time basis.

With the lockdowns ending, we took a proactive approach to design a hybrid working approach to ensure 
we have a model that is productive, balanced and effective to benefit both Gattaca and our people.

Stakeholder 
considerations

Colleagues

Our hybrid working approach was designed utilising feedback from staff via our employee engagement 
tool, Peakon, and round-table discussions, as well as extensive consultation with our leadership team.

Our people told us that they had become tired of endless Teams calls, and that some activities are more 
effective (and more enjoyable!) when we are physically together, for example, on-the-job learning, 
relationship building and problem solving. However, our people also told us that focus tasks that require 
time and space can be best performed without the distraction of the office environment.

We reviewed this feedback in detail and designed our hybrid working approach to strike the right 
balance of office and remote working going forward, which we consider contributes to our success in 
how we attract, develop and engage talent at Gattaca. 

Clients and candidates

Ensuring we have the talent we need to deliver on client opportunities and provide excellent service to 
our clients, candidates and contractors is essential. Only by having the talent we need will we achieve 
deepening relationships with our clients, candidates and contractors which are central to our vision to 
be the STEM talent partner of choice.

Ensuring continuity of service for our clients and candidates was a fundamental consideration in 
building our hybrid working approach.

Investors

The purpose of our hybrid working approach is to ensure we attract and retain the best talent in the 
market to deliver excellent service and ensure it continues to deliver sustainable growth in the long term.

Outcome
Our hybrid working approach has been launched and is effectively enabling our people to maintain flexibility in their 
working patterns and is a strong factor in our approach to talent acquisition.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

43

Principal decision 2
In October 2020, we repaid a £7.5m revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) with HSBC, thus eliminating all banking 
covenant requirements. 

In making the decision, we considered:

The impact on  
the long-term 
sustainable success 
of the Group

Repayment and repositioning of the Group’s financing facilities provides stability and strength to the 
Group’s balance sheet, thus improving our ability to respond to the changing economic environment 
during the pandemic, and positioning us in a better position to achieve future growth as we emerge 
from the uncertainty of the last 18 months.

Stakeholder 
considerations

Colleagues

Increased stability enables the Group to undertake further investment in the systems, processes and 
development initiatives that support our people in their day-to-day activities.

Clients and candidates

Repaying the RCF improves the stability and strength of the Group’s balance sheet which allows us to 
work with a broader range of clients and support a greater number of candidates and contractors in 
our markets.

Investors

Removing banking covenants and repaying the RCF provides stability for the Group, lowers risk and 
reduces financing costs, thus contributing to our long-term sustainability and profitability.

A stronger balance sheet also allows us to better weather the economic change and uncertainty as we 
emerge post-pandemic. 

Outcome
The outstanding RCF balance was repaid in full in October 2020, and the facility was cancelled, thus eliminating 
banking covenants, increasing stability and strengthening the Group’s balance sheet. 

44 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Risk Assurance

Risk assurance is a key factor in all decision making throughout  
the organisation to enable effective and transparent decisions  
that balance appropriate levels of risk with reward.

Risk and uncertainties are an inherent part of any 
business. Gattaca’s approach to risk reflects our 
strategic priorities, commercial reality, and our ability 
to manage potential impact in the event the risk 
materialises. Effective and efficient risk governance 
and oversight provide management and the Board 
with assurance that our business activities will be 
positively enhanced by opportunities but not be 
adversely impacted by threats that could have been 
foreseen, to minimise negative impact on our ability 
to achieve our strategic priorities. 

During the financial year, the Group implemented a 
revised Risk Assurance Framework (‘Framework’) to 
improve the overall structure, direction and oversight 
for the systematic and consistent identification and 
assessment, and effective and efficient management 
of risk. The Framework ensures that risk assurance  
is a key factor in all decision making throughout the 
organisation to enable effective and transparent 
decisions that balance appropriate levels of risk  
with reward.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

45

Risk Assurance Framework  
Roles & Responsibilities

Overall responsibility
Overall responsibility for risk assurance, 
including approving the Group’s risk appetite, 
and regular review of the risk register sits with 
the Board. 

Oversight
The Audit Committee considers regular 
assurance reports from management on risk 
exposure relative to risk appetite and tolerance, 
including regular review of the risk register.

Management and monitoring
Management are accountable for 
implementation of appropriate risk assurance, 
for allocating responsibilities to review and 
manage risk, and for reviewing and challenging 
the risk register to ensure controls are 
operating effectively as intended and that open 
issues are closed out. Management are also 
responsible for defining the Group’s risk 
appetite, setting the tone and influencing 
culture of risk assurance across the business, 
including approving major programmes/
projects that affect Gattaca’s risk profile or 
exposure, and deciding what types of 
operational risk are acceptable/unacceptable.

Ownership
Business units (supported by group risk) are 
responsible for managing component risks 
including escalating key changes to the status 
of component risks, monitoring and reviewing 
assigned component risks and controls with 
sufficient frequency to ensure the ongoing 
effectiveness of controls, and providing timely 
and positive assurance on the management of 
risks and on the effectiveness of controls.

The Framework places strong importance on a  
robust control environment and the maintenance  
of a risk-aware culture, the characteristics of  
which include:

•  a distinct and consistent tone from the Board  
in respect of risk-taking, awareness and, where 
appropriate, avoidance;

•  common acceptance throughout Gattaca of the 

importance of continuous risk assurance, including 
clear accountability for, and ownership of, specific 
risk and risk areas, together with clear delegated 
authorities;

•  transparent and timely risk information flowing up, 

down and across the organisation;

•  commitment to ethical principles and the 

consideration of wider stakeholder positions in 
decision making;

•  actively seeking to learn from mistakes and near 

misses;

•  the encouragement of appropriate risk-taking 
behaviours, whilst challenging inappropriate 
behaviours;

•  valuing, encouraging and development of  
risk management skills and knowledge; and

•  sufficient diversity of perspectives, values and 

beliefs to ensure that the status quo is consistently 
and rigorously challenged.

The Framework is designed to meet the Group’s 
particular needs and aims, facilitate efficient and 
effective operations, safeguard the Group’s assets, 
ensure proper accounting records are maintained, 
and ensure that financial information used within the 
business and for publication is reliable. Such a system 
of internal control can only be designed to manage 
and mitigate, rather than eliminate, risk and provide 
reasonable but not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement and loss. 

46 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Risk Assurance continued

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors 
likely to affect its future development, performance and 
position are set out in the Strategic Report. The financial 
position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity 
position mirror those of our ultimate parent company 
and can be found in the Chief Financial Officer’s Report 
of the 2021 annual report for Gattaca plc.

The majority of our staff have now been working remotely 
for over twelve months and there has not been any 
significant impact to our ability to operate effectively. The 
initial reduction in contractor numbers in April 2020, whilst 
impacting profitability, has resulted in reduced working 
capital requirements and has created further liquidity. The 
Group has also undertaken other actions, including an 
increase to the payment terms of certain contractors and 
these actions have created a permanent working capital 
benefit, and will reduce our working capital requirements 
during growth. We have seen signs of extensions in debtor 
days as a result of the pandemic impact on trading at  
our clients and we continue to be alert for any sudden 
changes. There is sufficient headroom on our working 
capital facilities to absorb a level of extensions, but we 
would also manage supply to the customer if payment 
within an appropriate period was not being made.  
A significant deterioration in payment terms would 
significantly impact the Group’s liquidity. 

The Directors have prepared detailed cash flow 
forecasts to July 2024, covering a period of 33 months 
from the date of approval of these financial statements. 
This base case is drawn up with appropriate regard  
for the current macroeconomic environment and the 
particular circumstances in which the Group operates. 
This conservative base case assumes a recovery of the 
UK business to 100% of pre-COVID-19 contract and 
permanent NFI by July 2022, with a further growth to 
115% of pre-COVID-19 by July 2023 and 124% growth  
of pre-COVID-19 by July 2024 years. Trading has been 
broadly in line with this forecast since the year end.

The output of the base case forecasting process has 
been used to perform sensitivity analysis on the Group’s 
cash flow to model the potential effects should principal 
risks actually occur either individually or in unison. The 
sensitivity analysis modelled scenarios in which the 
Group incurred a sustained loss of business arising from 
a prolonged global downturn as a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic, with a slower recovery scenario considered. 
The Group has modelled the impact of a severe but 
plausible scenario including a reduction in recovery to 
80% of pre-COVID NFI by July 2022, and subsequent 
slow recovery to 90% of pre-COVID NFI by July 2023, as 
well as the impact of a subsequent 5 day deterioration in 
the recovery of customer receivables.

After making appropriate enquiries and considering  
the uncertainties described above, the directors have a 
reasonable expectation at the time of approving these 
financial statements that the Group and the Company 
has adequate resources to continue in operational 

existence for the foreseeable future. Following careful 
consideration the directors do not consider there to be  
a material uncertainty with regards to going concern 
and consider it is appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Viability statement
The Board formally adopted the QCA Code from the 
year ended 31 July 2018 onwards. Consistent with 
previous years, Gattaca continues to seek to comply with 
certain provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
where appropriate for our business, on a voluntary basis. 
In accordance with this position, and in accordance with 
the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code,  
the directors have assessed the long term prospects  
of the Group based upon business plans and cash flow 
projections for the three-year period ending 31 July 2024. 

The period of which the directors consider it possible to 
form a reasonable expectation as to the Group’s long-
term viability is the three year period to 31 July 2024. 

This is based on the directors confidence in: 

•  the Group’s projected financial resources, including 
the expected cash generation of its operations; 

•  the low likelihood of all or even most of the identified 
potential principal risks materialising simultaneously; 

•  the length of major operating contracts; 

•  the Group’s international operations plus its established 

business relationships with many customers and 
suppliers throughout territories in which the Group 
operates; and 

•  the incorporation of the uncertainty arising from the 
ongoing COVID-19 pandemic on both the Group’s 
activities and those of the wider economies in which 
the Group operates In forming their opinion, the 
directors have performed a robust assessment of  
the principal risk and uncertainties facing the Group 
as set out on pages 47 to 53. 

In addition, note 26 to the financial statements includes 
the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital; its financial risk management 
objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging 
activities; and its exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk. 

The directors believe that the Group has a robust balance 
sheet and considerable financial resources and accordingly 
they remain confident of the Group’s long-term growth 
prospects, based on a diverse range of clients and suppliers 
across different geographical locations and sectors. 

As a consequence, the directors believe that the Group is 
well placed to manage its business risks successfully. 
Based upon the robust assessment of the principal risks 
and uncertainties facing the Group and the stress-
testing-based assessment of the Group’s prospects, the 
directors have, subject to no unforeseen events outside 
of the Group’s control, a reasonable expectation, that 
the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due over the period to 31 July 2024.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

47

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Effective risk assurance

The Framework identifies the principal and component 
risks and uncertainties facing the Group, including those 
that would negatively impact our ability to achieve our 
strategic priorities. The table on the following page is not 
exhaustive and is subject to change as risks which are 
considered immaterial today may evolve to be more 
important in the future. The Group’s principal risks are 
presented in categories (strategic, financial, people, 
operational, and compliance) for ease of reference.

The graph below shows each of our principal risks on a 
residual basis according to the likelihood of occurrence 
and potential impact on a residual basis, after the 
application of the key controls and mitigations (which, 
together with the description of each risk and the 
potential impact of the risk materialising, are set out in 
the table below). Due to the new methodology of our 
Risk Assurance Framework, the status of the risk has 
been assessed at the date of this report rather than 
status as compared to our 2020 Annual Report.

Risk heat map

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k

i

L

r
a
e
N

n

i
a
t
r
e
c

y
l

e
k
i

L

e

l

b

i
s
s
o
P

y
l

e
k
i
l

n
U

e
r
a
R

9

2

7
4
6

3

8

11

12

13

10

5

1

Low

Moderate

High

Severe

Strategic

Financial

Operational – Group Support

Impact

1.  Uncertain regulatory environment
2.  Failure to anticipate and/or embrace change
3.  Ineffective stakeholder management

4.  Inadequate budgeting, forecasting or financial reporting and protection of 

company assets

5.  Inadequate financing

6.  Ineffective systems and security
7.  Operational financial process failure

Operational – Sales

8.  Failure in revenue generation effectiveness

People

Compliance

9.  Ineffective talent management
10. Ineffective management of health and safety

11.  Non-compliance with legislation, regulation or code
12. Poor contract management
13. Poor data management

 
48 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
continued

Strategic

Executive accountable:  
Kevin Freeguard, Chief Executive Officer

Uncertain regulatory environment

Description and impact
Potential for future regulation to be 
introduced or existing regulations 
change that impact Gattaca’s ability 
to operate and/or profitability.

Key controls and mitigations
•  The Group maintains investment in its internal legal and compliance 

departments, employing subject matter experts to identify proposed 
and new regulation which may impact our business, and to help the 
business anticipate and prepare for regulatory change.

Failure to anticipate and/or embrace change

Description and impact
Failure to employ effective horizon 
scanning strategies to identify 
trends and disruptors that could 
impact competitive advantage, 
market position, and long-term 
performance.

Key controls and mitigations
•  The Group’s global strategy includes regular market research and 

horizon scanning activities across all of our market verticals to enable 
best practice and sector-specific growth plans above market rates.

•  The board and management meet regularly to discuss and define  

a clear vision of the regions, sectors and skills we operate in.

Ineffective stakeholder management

Description and impact
Failure to anticipate and deploy  
the right reputational management 
strategy leading to loss of 
stakeholder confidence in the 
Gattaca group.

Key controls and mitigations
•  The group has an effective global strategy to manage its approach  
to markets, products, people and marketing, and takes a proactive 
approach to communications.

•  The board regards effective communication with shareholders as crucial 
and operates an ongoing investor relations programme, which includes 
presentations and the opportunity for shareholders to meet with the 
Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer following 
announcement of our interim and full year results. The full board 
receives reports on feedback from investors.

•  We release regular trading updates and the results of general meetings 
through a regulatory news service and also on the regulatory news 
section of our website. We are committed to regular and transparent 
communications with all stakeholders to mitigate risks in this area.

Current 
status

Heat 
map

1

2

3

L

M

M

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

49

Key  
Current status of risk

Relative severity

Increased

Stable

Decreased

H

High

M

Medium

L

Low

Financial

Executive accountable:  
Salar Farzad, Chief Financial Officer

Inadequate budgeting, forecasting or financial reporting and protection of company assets

Description and impact
Failure in adequate budgeting  
and forecasting leading to an 
adverse impact on working  
capital which adversely affects  
our ability to operate.
Mis-management of financial 
reporting impacting on 
management and/or statutory 
results including regulatory 
requirements, leading to 
inappropriate financial decisions 
(including but not limited to 
insurance coverage), fines, 
reputational damage, negative 
banking and credit consequence 
and/or financial loss.
Failure to appropriately protect 
company assets including but not 
limited to incidents of fraud and 
adequate insurance provision.

Inadequate financing

Description and impact
Failure to secure & manage 
adequate financing leading  
to an inability to operate.

Current 
status

Heat 
map

4

M

Key controls and mitigations
•  The Group has a dedicated financial planning and analysis team of 

subject matter experts who work closely with our operational leaders  
to monitor performance against budgets and produce rolling forecasts 
including net cash/(debt) and trading performance.

•  The Group has appropriate procedures to minimise foreign exchange 

exposure.

•  The Group maintains strong cash flow management processes, including 
direct and indirect cashflow forecasts, short and long-term cashflow 
planning, and bid modelling.

•  We have appropriate financial governance procedures to prepare, review 

and provide oversight of financial reporting, including internal audit.

•  We maintain appropriate financial approval procedures to protect 

company assets, including segregation of duties. All staff receive training 
on fraud awareness on a regular basis.

•  We maintain appropriate levels of insurance.

Key controls and mitigations
•  The Group paid off in full its revolving credit facility during the financial 

year and is now covenant free.

5

M

•  We maintain a working capital financing facility with HSBC, with 
reconciliations performed monthly providing both live view and  
pipeline visibility.

•  We have a strong relationship with our bank, which is supportive of our 
business, and we hold regular discussions to ensure we have our bank’s 
backing to fund strategic plans. Where we foresee material uncertainty 
we engage proactively with our lenders to mitigate this.

 
50 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
continued

Operational – Group Support

Executive accountable:  
Salar Farzad, Chief Financial Officer

Ineffective systems and security

Description and impact
Failure in efficiency of IT systems 
leading to an inability to operate,  
or exposure to regulatory breach  
or operational loss resulting from 
breaches of, or attacks on, 
information systems.

Operational financial process failure

Description and impact
Failure in efficiency of operational 
financial processes leading to  
an inability to operate core  
business financial processes, 
including contractor pay and  
client invoicing requirements.

Current 
status

Heat 
map

Key controls and mitigations
•  During the financial year we implemented our cloud-based end-to-end 

6

integrated technology platform. This move to a cloud-based system has 
improved systems security which, together with proactive and effective 
vendor management, reduces our exposure to material systems failure.

M

•  We have subject matter experts in our internal technology team to 

share best practice, undertake peer review of critical business systems 
and effectively troubleshoot and manage the recovery of failed or 
degraded systems.

•  We utilise specialist security services to conduct regular penetration 
testing of security measures to review our resilience in light of the 
changes and threats we face.

•  The Group’s approach to business continuity focuses on our critical 
systems and processes to ensure continuity of service, including 
crucially the payment of workers engaged on our clients’ sites, and  
we continue to evolve our business continuity planning in light of our 
transition to our new technology platform.

Key controls and mitigations
•  Our key financial processes are documented, implemented and regularly 

audited to ensure they are operating as intended and effectively.

7

M

•  Dual-approval controls and validation checks operate to manage the 

risk of payments to contractors, our people and suppliers.

•  New clients are onboarded by a dedicated team in line with due 

diligence procedures, including a credit check, and we also conduct 
detailed and regular credit reviews of all of our client accounts.

•  We maintain credit insurance on a small subset of our clients, and 
separately the Group holds appropriate levels of public liability, 
employers’ liability and professional indemnity insurance.

•  The Group maintains a delegation of authority policy and matrix to 

manage approvals.

Operational – Sales

Executive accountable:  
Kevin Freeguard, Chief Executive Officer

Failure in revenue generation effectiveness

Current 
Status

Heat 
map

Description and impact
Failure to attract, secure, manage 
and retain clients leading to an 
adverse effect on NFI generation 
and client retention.

Key controls and mitigations
•  The Group’s global business strategy ensures NFI is generated across a 
broad range of territories, sectors and clients, with a weighting towards 
contract recruitment leading to more stable business streams and 
reducing the risk of reliance on territory or sector-specific markets.

8

M

•  The group has a very broad base of clients, with no dependency on  

any one client.

•  The group continuously monitors the creditworthiness of our clients. 

•  We employ industry and sector experts, making sure the business is 
clear on the skills it needs to have within the business and has the 
mechanisms in place to attract them.

•  This specialist offering enhances our ability to source the right candidates.

•  The group undertakes a regular client framework review, seeking to 

ensure it minimises the risk of losing clients to competitors.

•  The group is focusing increasingly on exclusive arrangements and  

new solutions.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

51

Key  
Current status of risk

Relative severity

Increased

Stable

Decreased

H

High

M

Medium

L

Low

People

Executive accountable:  
Kevin Freeguard, Chief Executive Officer

Ineffective talent management

Description and impact
Failure to attract, allocate, develop, 
retain and implement succession 
planning for our people may 
adversely affect our ability to 
operate and/or negatively impact 
our culture and the long-term aims 
of the Group.

Current 
status

Heat 
map

9

M

Key controls and mitigations
•  The Group has appropriate talent attraction, acquisition and 

management frameworks to effectively manage the end-to-end people 
journey within Gattaca, and which focuses on remuneration policies to 
attract the best talent, opportunities to improve the people experience 
for those working with us, maximising performance, and extending 
retention of our high performing people.

•  Our engagement tool, Peakon, captures feedback and engagement  

on an ongoing basis which is reviewed regularly by the board.

•  The Group maintains and implements processes, procedures and 

policies to support with ensuring Gattaca complies with its obligations 
to our people and to protect the business (including but not limited to 
appropriate contractual provisions and post-termination restrictions), as 
well as allowing us the means to implement appropriate consequence 
management to address inappropriate behaviour where necessary.

•  Our newly implemented approach to hybrid working, including continued 
investment in technology, supports our people wherever their place  
of work.

•  Our learning and development team provide relevant and effective training 
and development opportunities to all level of colleagues to ensure they 
have the knowledge and skills to effectively deliver their job role thus 
enabling them to make their contribution to the organisations goals. 

•  The Group has recently refreshed its values to reflect those behaviours 
necessary and consistent with our history and culture as a compliant 
and ethical organisation. Implementation of these values is ongoing with a 
programme of activities including management training and support and 
refreshing our core HR procedures to reflect and embed these values.

Ineffective management of health and safety

Description and impact
Ineffective management of 
workplace safety leading to  
loss of life or injury to colleagues, 
contractors or persons visiting 
Gattaca locations.

Key controls and mitigations
•  The Group has appropriate frameworks in place to manage our health 
and safety requirements for the protection of our people, contractors 
and visitors.

10

M

•  The Group is committed to providing for the health and safety and 

welfare of all of our people and has established an occupational health 
and safety management system that complies with ISO 45001. The 
Group also has procedures in place to comply with all legal and 
contractual obligations relevant to the Group’s activities.

•  Our dedicated H&S rail manager provides specialist support to our 

higher risk rail business.

•  We have a an effective and appropriately maintained group crisis 

management approach, including personnel, contacts and specialist 
sub-areas, to appropriately manage and respond effectively to any 
significant incidents within the Group.

•  The Group provides a range of mental health support and resources for 
our people, including a community of mental health first aiders and 
training for managers on mental health awareness.

•  Specifically during COVID-19, we maintained a COVID-19 playbook 

which outlines the measures we have implemented to keep our people 
safe in our offices, and have a dedicated project team to react to the 
changing situation and government guidance in each of our locations.

 
52 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
continued

Compliance

Executive accountable:  
Salar Farzad, Chief Financial Officer

Non-compliance with legislation, regulation or code

Description and impact
Failure to comply with applicable 
legislation, regulation and codes,  
or failure to assess and prepare for 
known, incoming legislation, could 
expose the Group to potential legal, 
financial and reputational risks.

Key controls and mitigations
•  The Group has dedicated legal, compliance and tax functions  

which manage the Group’s compliance with its legal and regulatory 
obligations and monitor changes in legislation that affect our business, 
supported by leading external advisers as appropriate. The Audit 
Committee provides governance and oversight of the Group’s 
compliance and tax risks.

Current 
status

Heat 
map

11

H

•  The Group also works closely with the Recruitment and Employment 

Confederation (‘REC’) to ensure it is up to date with all industry trends 
and best practice relating to current and emerging legislative and 
regulatory changes in the markets we operate in.

•  The Group has clearly defined standards covering our business 

activities, which are outlined in our code of professional conduct  
with which all colleagues are required to comply. The Group also has 
clear policies and statements setting out the Group’s zero-tolerance 
approach to, amongst other matters, bribery and corruption, sanctions 
violations, facilitation of tax evasion, and modern slavery. All of these 
core policies are referred to in our contracts of employment, and are 
underpinned by training to reinforce these policies, and the associated 
required behaviour.

•  The Group has recently refreshed its values to reflect those behaviours 
necessary and consistent with our history and culture as a compliant 
and ethical organisation. Implementation of these values is ongoing  
with a programme of activities including management training and 
support and refreshing our core HR procedures to reflect and embed 
these values.

•  The Group maintains an independent whistleblowing reporting service 

for colleagues to raise any matters of concern anonymously. Any 
reported incidents are investigated and reported to the Audit Committee.

•  We maintain appropriate governance processes and a strong internal 

control environment, including delegation of authorities.

•  We worked closely with our clients to effectively implement the changes 
to the IR35 rules in the private sector, which came into force in April 2021.

•  The Group made use of the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme for our 
people and contractors, an area that will undoubtedly be under intense 
scrutiny. We implemented robust and effective processes and 
procedures to ensure we were meticulous in the claims process and to 
ensure our furloughed colleagues adhered to the guidance by not 
working whilst on furlough.

•  Although there has been an increase in legal and regulatory 

requirements on our business over the past few years, we continue to 
be comfortable that we are managing these external developments 
appropriately and responsibly. In this regard, we consider that the 
external risk environment in this area has not changed. As noted in 
previous announcements, we continue to cooperate with US authorities 
with respect to historical transactions in our discontinued 
telecommunication infrastructure business.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Financial Statements 

53

Key  
Current status of risk

Relative severity

Increased

Stable

Decreased

H

High

M

Medium

L

Low

Compliance

Executive accountable:  
Salar Farzad, Chief Financial Officer

Poor contract management

Description and impact
Failure to appropriately manage 
risks within contracts or over 
commitment to terms deemed 
uncommercial, leading to a contract 
breach or unprofitable contract 
arrangement.

Poor data management

Description and impact
Failure to prevent a breach of any 
individual’s personal or special 
category data, or corporate 
sensitive or confidential data which 
Gattaca is responsible for, could 
lead to potential legal, financial, 
operational and reputational risks.

Current 
status

Heat 
map

Key controls and mitigations
•  The Group’s legal team review non-standard commercial contracts  
and adhere to a contract playbook which defines our risk appetite. 

12

M

•  We have appropriate governance procedures in place to ensure 

commercial decisions are taken by the right people and are properly 
documented.

•  Where appropriate, we liaise with our insurance providers regarding 

onerous non-standard terms. 

Key controls and mitigations
•  The Group maintains procedures for handling and storing sensitive, 
confidential and personal data as part of its Data Protection and  
IT Systems Usage policies and information security processes  
and procedures.

•  Our people receive data protection training on joining the Group,  
and regular refresher training sessions. Specialised training is  
provided where required.

•  The Group maintains appropriate resource in the compliance team  
to ensure continued adherence to data protection legislation, and  
we monitor developments in the law and manage our response  
as appropriate.

13

M

Strategic Report approval
The Strategic Report on pages 4 to 53 was approved by the Board of Directors on 5 November 2021 and signed on 
its behalf by

Kevin Freeguard 
Chief Executive Officer 

Salar Farzad
Chief Financial Officer

 
54 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Chair’s Introduction 
to Governance

Committed to a culture  
of good governance

“ The Board is responsible for ensuring 
strong governance throughout the 
Group’s operations to support 
management in building sustainable 
growth for all of our stakeholders.”

BOARD COMPOSITION: 

33% 

executive

67% 

non-executive

Patrick Shanley
Non-Executive Chair

5 November 2021

Board tenure:

 0-3 years 
 4-6 years 
 6+ years 

50%
33%
17%

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

55

In looking ahead to 2022 reporting, the Board is mindful of the 
increased focus on sustainability. We are committed to improving 
the positive impact we can have in environmental, social and 
governance areas across our business operations, and I look 
forward to communicating our progress in developing our 
sustainability strategy in our 2022 report.

The right balance of skills and experience:

Patrick Shanley 
(Chair)

Tracey James

David Lawther

George Materna

Kevin Freeguard

Salar Farzad

Exec Non-exec

Appointment

December 2015

Tenure

5 years

December 2020

11 months

June 2018

July 1984

October 2018

June 2017

3 years

37 years

3 years

4 years

I am pleased to present the Board’s Annual 
Report on Corporate Governance. The Board 
has adopted the QCA’s Corporate Governance 
Code (‘the QCA Code’) although, where 
appropriate for our business, Gattaca also 
complies with most provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, on a voluntary 
basis. This Annual Report, together with the 
information on our website, sets out how we 
comply with the principles of the QCA Code 
and provides insights into how our governance 
framework underpins our day-to-day activities 
and decisions.

The Board’s primary focus this year has been 
to position the business for success coming 
out of the pandemic. To this end, the Board 
has participated in regular and extensive 
dialogue with the senior leadership team to 
review our strategic objectives, refresh our 
purpose, vision and mission, and revise our 
values to reflect the organisation we are now. 
In addition, the Board continued to fulfil and 
develop its approach to our core governance 
responsibilities, including implementation  
of a new Risk Assurance Framework and 
continuous improvement opportunities 
identified via Board evaluation.

Staffing

Customer 
service/ 
marketing

People

Operations

International

Technology

Regulatory

Finance

Patrick Shanley 
(Chair)

Tracey James

David Lawther

George Materna

Kevin Freeguard

Salar Farzad

56 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Board of Directors
The right mix of skills 
and experience 

Patrick Shanley

Kevin Freeguard

Salar Farzad

Non-Executive Chair

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Appointment

December 2015

October 2018

June 2017

Committee  
membership

Skills and experience

Key to Committee membership

 Audit Committee

 Nomination Committee

 Remuneration Committee

 Chair

Kevin was previously 
Managing Director for 
Verifone from 2015 to  
2018 and has extensive 
international and business 
transformation experience 
across multiple sectors 
including Financial Services, 
Technology and Industrial, 
having held senior leadership 
positions with organisations 
such as De La Rue, Siemens 
and Motorola. 

Patrick has extensive 
boardroom experience 
having previously been  
Chair of chemicals business, 
Accsys Technologies, CFO of 
Courtaulds plc and Acordis 
bv, CEO of Corsadi bv, Chair 
of Cordenka Investments bv 
and of Finacor bv. Patrick 
began his career working  
for British Coal where he 
qualified as a chartered 
management accountant.  
He has a strong operational, 
restructuring, merger and 
acquisition background and 
has worked in high growth 
businesses, manufacturing 
and service industries. 

Salar, a chartered 
accountant, has a 
background of finance 
leadership in high-paced 
international businesses 
experiencing significant 
change. His previous roles 
include Group CFO of 
Zodiak Media, Global 
Finance Director of 
Macmillan Science & 
Education, CFO of 2 
Entertain, CFO of MTV 
Networks International  
and finance leadership roles 
with EMI Music within its 
North American and digital 
operations. His early career 
was with Price Waterhouse 
in audit followed by lead 
advisory in mergers and 
acquisitions. 

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

57

George Materna

David Lawther 

Tracey James 

Non-Executive  
Deputy Chair

Independent  
Non-Executive Director, 
Senior Independent 
Director 

Independent  
Non-Executive Director 

Katie Selves1

Group Company 
Secretary and  
General Counsel

August 1984 

June 2018 

December 2020 

December 2017

George has over 40 years’ 
experience in the 
recruitment industry and is 
the founder of the Group, 
having founded Matchmaker 
Personnel in 1984 and 
Matchtech Engineering in 
1990, before combining the 
two businesses in 2002 to 
form Matchtech Group plc. 
George is a fellow of both 
the Institute of Recruitment 
Professionals and the 
Chartered Institute of 
Personnel and Development. 
The Board does not consider 
George to be independent. 

David is a senior leader  
in the global construction 
industry. He was formerly 
CEO at ISG Plc, where he 
grew the company to a 
£1.6bn turnover, operating 
internationally in 26 
countries – gaining its 
reputation as a world-
leading fit-out specialist 
focused on commercial, 
retail and data centres.  
Prior to that, David was  
Chief Financial Officer at 
ISG. David has served as the 
Group Finance Director for 
Wilson Connelly Holdings,  
a quoted house builder  
and commercial property 
developer operating across 
the UK. David is also 
currently a non-executive 
Chair for Syntegragroup plc 
and senior independent 
non-executive for Maris LLP. 

Tracey is a Chartered 
Accountant and leadership 
coach. She trained and spent 
most of her career at Grant 
Thornton where she was a 
Senior Audit Partner as well 
as a member of the Partner 
Oversight Board and Audit 
Risk Committee; specialising 
in advising fast growing 
quoted companies around 
financial reporting and 
governance. Tracey has also 
lived in France and Canada 
where in the latter she was 
the Director of Finance for  
a medical supplies business. 
Tracey was a NED at Places 
for People Group Limited 
and was the Chair of Audit  
at Activate Learning.

Katie is Group General 
Counsel and Company 
Secretary, and advises the 
Board on all governance 
matters. Katie started her 
career as an HR specialist 
and is a chartered member 
of the Chartered Institute of 
Personnel and Development. 
She went on to qualify as a 
solicitor and spent 11 years  
in private practice in the City 
of London before moving 
in-house at Gattaca. Katie 
joined Gattaca in 2016 as 
Head of Employment and 
was promoted to General 
Counsel and Company 
Secretary, responsible for 
the legal and compliance 
function, in 2017.

1  Katie Selves is not a member of the Board.

58 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Corporate Governance Statement

QCA Code Compliance

The Board has adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance (QCA) Corporate Governance Code. Set out below is our 
Statement of Compliance with the key principles of the QCA Code.

Governance Principle

Compliant Explanation

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Establish a strategy and business 
model which promotes long-term 
value for shareholders

Seek to understand and meet 
shareholder needs and expectations

Take into account wider stakeholder 
and social responsibilities and their 
implications for long-term success

Embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities and 
threats, throughout the organisation

Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by the Chair

Ensure that between them the 
Directors have the necessary up-to-
date experience, skills and capabilities

Evaluate Board performance based on 
clear and relevant objectives, seeking 
continuous improvement

Promote a corporate culture that is 
based on ethical values and behaviours

Maintain governance structures and 
processes that are fit for purpose  
and support good decision-making  
by the Board

 By providing recruitment solutions and support to 
both clients and candidates with engineering and 
technology skills, we help to unleash potential in 
people, projects and companies.

 The CEO and CFO communicate regularly with 

shareholders, investors and analysts, including at  
our half-yearly results roadshows. The full Board  
is available at the Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’)  
to communicate with shareholders. 

 In addition to our shareholders, our clients, 

candidates, contractors, suppliers and colleagues  
are our most important stakeholders. We engage  
with these communities via regular communications  
in our day-to-day activities, and via formal feedback 
frameworks.

 Ultimate responsibility for risk management rests  

with the Board but day-to-day management of  
risk is delivered through the way we do business  
and our culture and is monitored via our Risk 
Assurance Framework.

 The Board has three established Committees  
for Audit, Nominations and Remuneration. The 
composition and experience of the Board is reviewed 
regularly, primarily by the Nominations Committee.

 The Board is satisfied that its current composition 

includes an appropriate balance of skills, experience 
and capabilities, including experience of the 
recruitment, technology and international markets.

 The Board regularly considers the effectiveness  
and relevance of its contributions, any learning  
and development needs and the level of scrutiny  
of the Senior Management Team. During the 2021 
financial year the Board undertook an internal  
Board Evaluation which included input from all 
Directors and the Company Secretary. The output  
of the Evaluation, together with recommendations  
for continuous improvement was considered and,  
as appropriate, implemented by the Board.

 Our values define the standards and behaviour  
we work and live by and underpin our culture.  
Our values are integrated into our business  
operations and are regularly reinforced via  
training and performance management. 

 The Board is responsible for the Group’s overall 
strategic direction and management, and for the 
establishment and maintenance of a framework 
 of delegated authorities and controls to ensure  
the efficient and effective management of the  
Group’s operations. The Board maintains a list  
of matters reserved for the Board.

10

Communicate how the Company  
is governed and is performing  
by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant 
stakeholders

 The Investors section of our website includes our 

results, presentations and communications to 
shareholders. We release the results of general 
meetings through a regulatory news service and  
also on the Regulatory News section of our website. 

Further reading

See pages 6 to 23 

www.gattacaplc.com/
investors/corporate-
governance

See pages 8 to 9  
and 34 to 43

See pages 44 to 53

See pages 70 to 72

See pages 54 to 57

See pages 60 to 61

See pages 34 to 39

See pages 44 to 45 and 
www.gattacaplc.com/
investors/corporate-
governance/role-of-the-
board

https://www.gattacaplc.
com/investors

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

59

Board composition
The Board, via the Nominations Committee, regularly 
reviews the composition of the Board. At the date  
of this report, the Board has four Non-Executive 
Directors, including the Chair. The Board considers  
the independence of the Board annually to determine 
independence from management on the basis that the 
Directors have no business or other relationship that 
could interfere materially with the exercise of their 
judgement. Due to George Materna’s long-standing 
relationship with the Group and his material 
shareholding, the Board does not consider George 
Materna to be independent. The composition of the 
Board as at the date of this report therefore comprises, 
the Chair, two Independent Directors and three Non-
Independent Directors (including Executive Directors).

Under the Company’s Articles of Association, all 
Directors must retire at the first AGM following their 
appointment and may offer themselves for election or 
re-election by shareholders. In accordance with best 
practice, all Directors will retire at the AGM and, being 
eligible, will offer themselves for election or re-election.

Governance structure
The Board has three established Committees for Audit, 
Nominations and Remuneration which each have Terms 
of Reference that are reviewed at least bi-annually. The 
Terms of Reference for all Committees were reviewed, 
updated and formally approved by the Board in 
November 2020. Copies of the Terms of Reference  
are available on the Group’s website or on request  
from the Company Secretary. 

The Board may, on occasion, delegate authority to  
a sub-committee consisting of any two Directors to 
facilitate final sign-off for an agreed course of action 
within strict parameters. The responsibilities and 
operation of the Audit, Nominations and Remuneration 
Committees are summarised below:

Audit Committee
The Committee monitors the integrity of the interim and 
annual Financial Statements and formal announcements 
relating to the Group’s financial performance. It reviews 
significant financial reporting issues, accounting policies 
and disclosures, reviews the effectiveness of internal 
controls and risk management, as well as overseeing the 
engagement and scope of the annual audit.

The Audit Committee report on pages 65 to 69 
contains further information on the Committee’s role 
and activities.

Nominations Committee
The Committee reviews the structure, size and 
composition of the Board and its Committees, and 
makes recommendations to the Board with regard to 
any changes required to ensure an appropriate balance 
of skills, expertise, knowledge, diversity and 
independence.

The Nominations Committee report on pages 70 to 72 
contains further information on the Committee’s role 
and activities.

Remuneration Committee
The Committee reviews and makes recommendations  
as to the Directors’ remuneration, including benefits, 
terms of appointment and share schemes. 

The Remuneration Committee report on pages 73 to 80 
contains further information on the Committee’s role 
and activities.

60 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Corporate Governance Statement 
continued

Board responsibilities

Patrick Shanley (Chair)

Richard Bradford

Tracey James

David Lawther

George Materna

Kevin Freeguard

Salar Farzad

Maximum 
formal 
meetings

Meetings 
attended

10

4

7

10

10

10

10

10

4

7

10

9

10

10

The Board recognises its employment, environmental 
and health and safety responsibilities and devotes 
appropriate resources towards monitoring and 
improving compliance with existing standards. The 
Executive Directors have responsibility for these areas  
at Board level, ensuring that the Group’s policies are 
upheld and providing the necessary resources.

The Board approves a business plan and annual  
budgets for individual business units and the Group.  
All Directors receive regular and timely information  
on the Group’s operational and financial performance, 
including detailed Executive and Operational Board 
reports which are provided in advance of all Board 
meetings and which report on performance (actual  
and forecasted) against the agreed budget and any 
significant variances. We report to our shareholders on  
a half-yearly basis. Members of the Senior Management 
Team regularly present at Board meetings to provide 
detailed information on their business units and central 
functions and to allow an opportunity for Directors to 
review and assess matters requiring decision or insight. 

A detailed list of matters reserved for the Board is 
available on our website: https://www.gattacaplc.com/
investors/corporate-governance/role-of-the-board

Conflicts of interest
Each Director is required, in accordance with Companies 
Act 2006, to declare on appointment any interests that 
may give rise to a conflict of interest with the Company 
and its subsidiaries subsequently as they arise. Where 
such a conflict or potential conflict arises, the Board is 
empowered under the Company’s Articles of Association 
to consider and authorise such conflicts, as appropriate. 

The Chair and Non-Executive Directors do not participate 
in any meeting at which discussions in respect of 
matters relating to their own position takes place. 

There are effective procedures in place to monitor and 
deal with conflict of interest. The Board is aware of the 
other commitments and interests of its Directors, and 
Directors are required to report any changes to these 
commitments and interests to the Board for discussion 
and, where appropriate, agreement. There were no 
notified conflicts of interest during the 2021 financial year. 

Information and support
Directors are regularly briefed on regulations which 
affect the business through presentations arranged by 
our advisers and our leadership team. During the year 
we specifically covered diversity and inclusion, IR35  
and directors’ duties. Directors are also encouraged  
to remain up to date through independent seminars  
and continuous professional development courses.

The Board also receives regular updates on matters of 
corporate culture via the Executive Report, compliance 
updates to the Audit Committee (including details of 
matters raised via the Speak Up reporting service, as 
appropriate) and regular presentations from the Group 
HR Director. 

The Group receives advice from a number of external 
advisers. Specific advisers to the Board committees  
are set out in the Committee reports at pages 65 to 80. 
During the year, the Board received specific advice  
on repayment of the Revolving Credit Facility, and the 
Group’s continued cooperation with the US Department 
of Justice.

The Company Secretary advises the Board, through  
the Chair, on all governance matters. All Directors  
have access to the services of the Company Secretary 
and may take independent professional advice at  
the Group’s expense in conducting their duties. In 
accordance with the Articles of Association and the 
Group Delegation of Authorities Policy, the appointment 
and removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for 
the whole Board. 

Board evaluation
During the financial year, and in line with principle 7 of 
the QCA Code, the Board undertook an internal Board 
evaluation which included input from all Directors and 
the Company Secretary. The output of the evaluation, 
together with recommendations for continuous 
improvement, was considered and, as appropriate, 
implemented by the Board.

The review covered several specific areas including  
the role of the various sub committees. The overall 
conclusion was the Board is open, well-structured  
and an environment where everyone can challenge  
or express opinions. There is widespread recognition 
that everyone can contribute to the success of the 
organisation and is encouraged to be engaged.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

61

The evaluation also concluded that the Board and its 
sub-committees were performing well and addressing 
key issues. Concern was expressed around Values and 
Culture which is not unsurprising given the historical 
challenges following the Networkers acquisition and  
a desire to grow the business from a solid base. The 
Group has subsequently launched a new set of values 
around Trust, Professionalism, Ambition and Fun, and 
the Board understand the importance of their role in 
living these values to effectively embed these across  
the organisation. Diversity had also been a concern at 
previous reviews, but the addition of Tracey James  
has started to address the gender balance on the  
Board and we are committed to making further  
progress in this area in the short-term. We have also  
set ourselves a target of 40% of our leadership team  
will be female by 2024.

The review agreed that the Board continues to have a 
clear understanding of its role relative to the business, 
although it occasionally lapses into operational issues 
rather than strategic. This was felt to be inevitable  
given the restructuring over the last two to three  
years. However, as we move into a growth phase in the 
economy, it was expected that the Board would focus 
more on strategic areas and particularly challenge 
progress against the strategic plan.

There was a sense of continued progress being made  
in terms of the functioning of the Board with meetings 
regularised, well prepared and managed with good 
discipline. There was a suggestion that we could split 
meetings, so some were focused on reporting whilst 
others were mainly strategic which is being considered 
as we finalise our 2022 Board schedule. 

Although we meet the AIM test of having two independent 
NEDs on the Board, there was acknowledgement that 
there would be benefit in the addition of one more. It 
was also acknowledged we had a financial bias on the 
Board and any additional NED should have a sales 
background. We are committed to addressing this 
balance in the short-term. 

The division of responsibilities between the Chair  
and Chief Executive has been well established for  
a number of years as are ‘The Role of the Board’  
and its three committees. The schedule of matters 
reserved for the Board is considered appropriate and  
is regularly and properly reviewed. Equally, the Board 
has frequent interaction with members of the Senior 
Management Team and other senior managers  
through regular presentations.

Perhaps the most challenging areas was the interaction 
of NEDs with members of senior management outside 
of the Board. Whilst interaction is always encouraged, 
there was acknowledgement that such interaction 
should not step into management’s area of 
responsibility. It was acknowledged that interaction by 
NEDs with a wider community of our colleagues had 
been somewhat limited due to the pandemic, but that 
this was being addressed in the 2022 Board schedule. 

There was agreement that the information presented to 
the Board had improved over the last four years but also 
recognition that the detailed papers could be refreshed 
with highlighted key information in summary format.  
As we move into the next phase, we recognise that we 
should be looking at more strategic information rather 
than historical – whilst still keeping one eye firmly fixed 
on performance. 

It was felt that the Risk Assurance framework launched 
during the year would be a significant benefit and help 
mitigate the need for substantial historical data. It was 
acknowledged that the Board understood the key risks 
across the business but the introduction of the Risk 
Assurance framework would be a significant step forward 
in formalising this process. There was agreement that 
this needed to be owned by the business leaders for  
it to be truly effective.

In addition to the Board evaluation, the Chair undertook 
a formal review of the performance of all individual 
Directors, with a review of the Chair undertaken by  
the Senior Independent Director.

62 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Directors’ Report

Directors
The Directors have the benefit of an indemnity covered 
by insurance which is a qualifying third-party indemnity 
provision as defined by Section 234 of the Companies 
Act 2006. The Company has granted this indemnity in 
favour of the Directors of the Company as is permitted 
by Section 232-235 of the Companies Act 2006. The 
indemnity was in force during the full financial year  
up to the date of approval of the financial statements. 
Neither the insurance nor the indemnities provide  
cover where the relevant Director or officer has acted 
fraudulently or dishonestly. 

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company, 
subject to the provisions of relevant legislation, the 
Company’s Articles of Association and any directions 
given by a special resolution of the shareholders. 
Specific powers are detailed in the Company’s Articles 
of Association, including the power to issue and buy 
back shares, along with the rules for the appointment 
and removal of Directors.

Substantial shareholders
In addition to the Directors’ interests shown in the 
Remuneration Report, and in accordance with Part 22  
of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has been 
notified that the following shareholders’ interests 
exceeded 3% of the Company’s ordinary share capital  
in issue at 31 July 2021:

Shareholder

George Materna

MMGG Acquisition Ltd

Chelverton Asset Management

Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Mgt

Paul Raine

Interactive Investor

Winterflood Securities

Matchtech Group SIP

%

25.01

20.01

6.10

6.02

5.52

4.07

3.04

3.00

Subsequent to the year end, the Company has not been 
notified of any changes to significant shareholdings.  
As at 31 July 2021, 28.11% of the Company’s share  
capital was held by Directors, senior management  
and other colleagues.

The Group made no donations for political purposes 
either in the UK or overseas during the year (2020: £nil).

Policy on the payment of creditors
The Group’s policy is to agree terms and conditions for 
its business transactions with suppliers and to endeavour 
to abide by these terms and conditions, subject to the 
supplier meeting its obligations. No single supplier 
arrangement is considered essential to the business  
of the Group. 

Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect 
of the annual report and the financial statements
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
directors have prepared the group and the company 
financial statements in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The group has also prepared financial statements in 
accordance with and international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC)  
No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

Under company law, directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
group and company and of the profit or loss of the 
group for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•  state whether applicable international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of  
the Companies Act 2006 and international financial 
reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation 
(EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European 
Union have been followed for the group financial 
statements and international accounting standards  
in conformity with the requirements of the  
Companies Act 2006 have been followed for  
the company financial statements, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that  

are reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going 

concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the group and company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for safeguarding the  
assets of the group and company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are also responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the group’s and company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the group and company and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

63

The directors are responsible for the maintenance  
and integrity of the company’s website. Legislation  
in the United Kingdom governing the preparation  
and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each director in office at the date the 
directors’ report is approved:

•  so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant 

audit information of which the group’s and company’s 
auditors are unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that they ought to  

have taken as a director in order to make themselves 
aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the group’s and company’s auditors  
are aware of that information.

Disclosure of audit information
Each Director confirms that, as at the date this report 
was approved, and so far as each Director is aware, 
there is no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s auditor is unaware and that he has taken  
all the steps that he ought to have taken as a Director  
in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor 
is aware of that information. 

Audit exemption
For the year ended 31 July 2021, Gattaca plc has 
provided a legal guarantee under s479A of the 
Companies Act 2006 to the following companies:

•  Alderwood Education Ltd 

•  Application Services Limited

•  Barclay Meade Ltd

•  Cappo Group Limited 

•  Cappo International Limited 

•  CommsResources Limited

•  Connectus Technology Limited

•  Gattaca Solutions Limited

•  Matchtech Group (Holdings) Limited 

•  Matchtech Group (UK) Limited

•  Networkers International Limited

•  Networkers International (UK) Limited

•  Resourcing Solutions Limited

•  The Comms Group Limited

This guarantee is dated 5 November 2021 and  
all the above entities have 31 July year ends. 

64 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Directors’ Report continued

Auditor
In December 2020, the Board proposed, and shareholders approved at the AGM, the appointment of PwC LLP  
as the Company’s registered independent public accounting firm for the financial year ended 31 July 2021, with 
Julian Gray as the senior statutory auditor. The Board has decided to propose the reappointment of PwC LLP  
and a resolution concerning its reappointment will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM. 

Company registered office
1450 Parkway, Solent Business Park, Whiteley, Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 7AF.

Company registered number 
04426322

Further information on the following areas (which are incorporated into this Report by reference) can be found  
as follows:

A full description of the Group’s principal activities, business performance,  
likely future developments, principal risks and uncertainties

See pages 1 to 53

Anti-Bribery and Corruption Statement 

Company’s Articles of Association

Corporate culture

Corporate responsibility (including environmental responsibilities  
and charitable donations) 

List of Directors serving at the date of this Report

List of principal subsidiary undertakings

Main Committees of the Board and their activities

Stakeholder engagement (including employee engagement and  
our commitment to equal opportunities)

Statement of Going Concern

www.gattacaplc.com/investors/corporate-
governance/statements

www.gattacaplc.com/investors/shareholder-
information/AIM-Rule-26

See pages 34 to 40

See pages 34 to 40

See page 56 to 57

See pages 63

See pages 59

See pages 41 to 43

See page 46

Use of financial instruments and financial risk management

See pages 33, 49, 130 to 131

Viability Statement

See page 46

Cautionary statement
Under the Companies Act 2006, a company’s Directors’ Report is required, among other matters, to contain a fair 
review by the Directors of the Group’s business through a balanced and comprehensive analysis of the development 
and performance of the business of the Group and the position of the Group at the year end, consistent with the 
size and complexity of the business. 

The Directors’ Report set out above, including the Chair’s Statement, the Chief Executive Officer’s Review and the 
Chief Financial Officer’s Report incorporated into it by reference, has been prepared only for the shareholders of 
the Company as a whole, and its sole purpose and use is to assist shareholders to exercise their governance rights. 
In particular, the Directors’ Report has not been audited or otherwise independently verified. The Company and its 
Directors and colleagues are not responsible for any other purpose or use or to any other person in relation to the 
Directors’ Report. 

The Directors’ Report contains indications of likely future developments and other forward-looking statements that 
are subject to risk factors associated with, among other things, the economic and business circumstances occurring 
from time to time in the countries, sectors and business segments in which the Group operates. These factors include, 
but are not limited to, those discussed under principal risks and uncertainties.

Approved by the Board and signed by order of the Board by:

Katie Selves
Group Company Secretary and General Counsel

5 November 2021

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

65

Audit Committee  
Report

Providing oversight  
and guidance

“ The Audit Committee continues to 

provide assurance that shareholders’ 
interests are being properly protected 
by appropriate financial management, 
reporting and internal controls.”

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee’s 
(‘the Committee’) Annual Report on its activities 
for the period up to the review of our 2021 Annual 
Report and Accounts. 

This report is intended to explain how the 
Committee has met its responsibilities  
throughout the year and what it has done  
to address continued regulatory change. 

As Chair of the Committee, I would welcome 
questions from shareholders on any of the 
Committee’s activities, at CoSec@gattacaplc.com. 

4

Meetings

100%

Attendance

Committee members

Tracey James (Chair)

Patrick Shanley 
David Lawther

Committee experience

Management

Industry

Finance

Recruitment

Patrick Shanley

David Lawther

Tracey James

Tracey James
Chair of the Audit Committee

5 November 2021

66 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Audit Committee Report continued

Aims and objectives 
The Committee monitors the integrity of the Financial 
Statements of the Interim and Annual Reports and 
formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial 
performance, including advising the Board that the 
Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable. It reviews significant financial reporting 
issues, key judgements and accounting policies and 
disclosures in financial reports, reviews the effectiveness 
of the Group’s internal control procedures and risk 
management systems and considers how the Group’s 
internal audit requirements shall be satisfied, making 
recommendations to the Board. It reviews the 
independent auditor’s audit strategy and implementation 
plan and its findings in relation to the Annual Report and 
Interim Financial Statements. It monitors the relationship 
with the Group’s independent auditor including the 
consideration of audit fees and independence. 

Membership of the Committee 
During the year to 31 July 2021, the responsibilities  
of the Committee Chair were transferred to Tracey 
James from December 2020 who joins the Group as 
Independent non-Executive Director. David Lawther 
retains responsibility as independent Non-Executive 
Director on the Audit Committee alongside Patrick 
Shanley who has joined the Audit Committee replacing 
George Materna for the 2021 cycle. The Board considers 
that the Committee as a whole has competence relevant 
to the sector in which the Group operates. 

Meetings and attendance 
The Committee met four times during the year. 

NED

Tracey James (Chair)

David Lawther

Patrick Shanley

Maximum 
meetings

Meetings 
attended

4

4

4

4

4

4

The Executive Directors are routinely invited to 
Committee meetings, with the Chair of the Board now  
a permanent member. During the period from the last 
report to the date of this report, the Committee met 
privately with the independent auditor. The Committee 
Chair also met privately with the senior statutory auditor, 
Julian Gray, outside of the Committee meetings. 

Operation of the Committee 
The Committee reviews and updates the Terms of 
Reference regularly, to conform to best practice,  
which are subject to approval by the Board. The  
Terms of Reference are available on the Group’s website 
(www.gattacaplc.com), as well as in hard copy format 
from the Company Secretary. Each year, the Committee 
works to a planned programme of activities, which are 
focused on key events in the annual financial reporting 
cycle and other matters that are considered in 
accordance with its Terms of Reference.

It provides oversight and guidance to contribute to the 
ongoing good governance of the business, particularly 
by providing assurance that shareholders’ interests  
are being properly protected by appropriate financial 
management, reporting and internal controls. The 
Committee approves the terms of all audit and non-audit 
services provided by the Group’s Auditors to ensure 
audit objectivity is maintained. 

The main activities of the Committee during the period 
since the last Report were as follows: 

Financial statements: The Committee reviewed the 
Interim and Annual Reports. Management and PwC gave 
presentations about the key technical and judgemental 
matters relevant to the Financial Statements. 

Going concern, including the Viability Statement:  
The Group continues to prepare its Financial Statements 
on a going concern basis, as set out in Note 1 to the 
Financial Statements on page 95. Management 
produces working capital forecasts on a regular basis. 
The Board reviews those forecasts, particularly ahead of 
the publication of Interim and Annual results. The Board 
continue to scrutinise the Group’s detailed economic 
forecasts in light of the changing economic conditions 
created COVID-19 pandemic to ensure that all relevant 
events and conditions are being incorporated that might 
affect both short, medium and long term performance. 
Having reviewed the forecasts as at the date of this 
Report, the Committee concluded that it was appropriate 
for the Group to continue to prepare its Financial 
Statements on a going concern basis and to publish  
the Viability Statement on page 46. 

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

67

Billing system migration: The Committee 
reviewed the impact of the migration  
of the Group’s legacy pay and billing 
systems to the new Primary Business 
Systems in the year. The Committee 
focused the review on the processes  
for closing the Group’s legacy systems, 
reviewing the effects of the transition  
on the Group’s financial records and 
ensuring the policies adopted were 
appropriate. The Committee continue  
to monitor the impact of the new systems 
on the Group’s financial records, putting 
processes in place to ensure Internal 
Audit provide the Committee assurance 
over the post migration control 
environment in the 2022 cycle.

Taxation: The Group operates under 
multiple and varied tax regimes. The 
completeness and valuation of provisions 
to cover the range of potential final 
determinations by the tax authorities of 
the Group’s tax positions are the subject 
of judgement and estimation uncertainty. 
Further information is set out in Notes 10 
and 16 to the Financial Statements. The 
provisions held by the Group as at 31 July 
2021 were reviewed by management. The 
Committee agreed with management’s 
assessment of the Group’s tax provisions. 
The Committee reviewed the Group’s 
Tax Strategy which was approved by  
the Board in July 2021. 

Fair, balanced and understandable:  
The content and disclosures made in the 
Annual Report are subject to a verification 
exercise by management to ensure that 
no statement is misleading in the form 
and context in which it is included, no 
material facts are omitted which may 
make any statement of fact or opinion 
misleading, and implications which might 
be reasonably drawn from the statement 
are true. The Committee was satisfied 
that it was appropriate for the Board to 
approve the Financial Statements and 
that the Annual Report taken as a whole 
is fair, balanced and understandable such 
that it allows shareholders to assess the 
Group’s performance against the Group’s 
strategy and business model. 

Risk management and internal control 
framework: The Committee reviewed the 
Group’s Risk management and internal 
control framework in the year, providing 
input and recommendations to 
management on the scope, methodology 
and governance of the Group’s risk 
processes as management evolve the 
activities. The Committee have regular 
dialogue with the Group’s risk and 
compliance function to ensure the risks 
and control monitoring activities are 
effective and appropriate for the Group. 
The Committee was satisfied that it was 
appropriate for the Board to make the 
statements regarding internal controls 
included in the Corporate Governance 
Statement. 

Internal audit: As part of the 
Committee’s policy, certain specialist 
internal audit work is undertaken by 
external organisations. In 2021, the Group 
refreshed the Internal Audit plan with  
the Group’s outsourced internal audit 
provider KPMG. The committee reviewed 
the scope and extent of the plan to 
ensure the testing programmed focused 
on both financial and non-financial 
processes and controls within the  
Group, adopting a risk based approach. 

The internal audit function have 
substantially completed the review  
of the Group’s IT Risk Management, 
Infrastructure and Governance to review 
the overall effectiveness of the function. 
The committee review the findings  
of the internal audit reviews, ensuring 
findings are scrutinised and remediation 
plans are regularly reviewed by the 
Committee where appropriate. The Chair 
of the Committee reported to the Board 
on the Committee’s activities after each 
meeting, identifying relevant matters 
requiring communication to the Board 
and recommendations on the steps to  
be taken.

68 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Audit Committee Report continued

Significant issues 
The Committee reviewed the key judgements applied to a number of significant issues in the preparation of the 
Financial Statements. The review included consideration of the following: 

Issue

How the committee addresses

Revenue  
recognition

The Group has well-developed accounting policies for revenue recognition in compliance with IFRS15 as 
shown in Note 1.6 to the Financial Statements. 

Goodwill  
and acquired 
intangibles: 
assessment  
for impairment

Receivable and 
accrued income 
provisions

The Committee receives reports from management and from the auditors to evidence that the policies are 
complied with across the Group.

On the basis of these reports, the Committee concluded that it was content with the judgements that had 
been made.

As set out in Note 1 (parts 1.10 and 1.11) and Note 13 to the Financial Statements, following the acquisition  
of Networkers in 2015, the Group recognised significant goodwill and finite life intangible assets. The 
acquisition of Resourcing Solutions Limited in February 2017 further increased the Group’s goodwill and 
finite life intangible assets. Goodwill and intangible asset impairment calculations (including assumptions 
about future performance of the Group) and sensitivities are undertaken at least annually by management 
and reviewed by the Board and the Committee. Based on the impairment reviews as at 31 July 2021 and 
reflecting on the decisions arising from management’s detailed review of operations, the Committee  
agreed with management’s recommendation that there were no impairment’s identified at 31 July 2021.

The Committee also considered and agreed the appropriateness of the sensitivity analysis disclosures.

The Group has significant trade receivable and accrued income balances and reviewed the level of 
provisioning required in light of the economic conditions in which the Group operates as a result of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. The Group hold both specific provisions against identified risk of recovery as well as an 
expected credit loss provisioning methodology. The committee regularly reviews managements judgements 
over the level of provisioning required against specific client receivables, such as £0.8m provision recorded 
against the NMCN plc balances at 31 July 2021, as well as reviewing the Group’s provisioning methodology 
including scenario testing to ensure the judgements adopted by the Group are robust and appropriate.  
The Board receives regular reports on the collectability of aged accounts receivables and accrued income.

Contingent  
liabilities 

As previously announced and further discussed, the Group continues to co-operate with the United States 
Department of Justice regarding certain factual enquiries. The Group is not currently in a position to know 
what the outcome of these enquiries may be and whether this line of enquiry will lead to any liabilities for 
the Company or its subsidiaries. The Committee has received regular reports from management in respect 
of the ongoing enquiries and, on that basis, has agreed with the conclusion management has reached in 
respect of contingent liabilities recognition and disclosures. 

Accounting for  
and disclosure  
of non-underlying  
items

The Committee considered the accounting for and disclosure of non-underlying items (see note 4 to the 
Financial Statements). The Committee reviewed with management and discussed the accounting and 
disclosure with the Group’s auditors. The Committee concluded it was content with the accounting for  
and disclosure of non-underlying items.

COVID-19

The Committee continue to consider the continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the cash flows 
and liquidity of the Group, particularly in relation to the preparation of the Group’s financial statements  
on a going concern basis and the assessment of the Group’s viability.

Appropriate financial modelling has been undertaken to support the assessment of the business as a going 
concern with no material uncertainty from COVID-19 and in support of viability.

More detail is given on page 66. The Group and Company’s going concern and Viability Statements are set 
out on page 46.

Shareholders’ attention is drawn to the section titled ‘Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit’ in 
the Report from the independent auditor on pages 81 to 88, about specific areas as reported by the independent 
auditor in order to provide its opinion on the Financial Statements as a whole.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

69

The Committee regularly reviews all fees for non-audit 
work paid to the independent auditor. Details of these 
fees can be found in Note 4 to the Financial Statements. 
Non-audit fees were £nil in both 2021 and 2020. The 
Committee concluded that the level of non-audit fees, 
which represent 0% (2020: 0%) of the audit fees for  
the Group, did not have a negative impact on PwC’s 
independence. The Committee will continue to keep the 
area of non-audit work under close review, particularly  
in the context of developing best practice on auditors’ 
independence. 

The Committee regulates the appointment of former 
colleagues of the independent auditor to positions in the 
Group. The independent external auditor also operates 
procedures designed to safeguard its objectivity and 
independence. These include the periodic rotation of the 
senior statutory auditor, use of independent concurring 
partners, use of a technical review panel (where 
appropriate) and annual independence confirmations  
by all staff. 

The independent external auditor reports to the 
Committee on matters including independence and 
non-audit work on an annual basis. 

Approval 
This report was approved by the Committee, on behalf 
of the Board, on the date shown below and signed on  
its behalf by: 

Tracey James
Chair of the Audit Committee 

5 November 2021

Independent auditor: reappointment 
The appointment of the independent external auditor  
is approved by shareholders annually. The independent 
auditor’s audit of the Financial Statements is conducted 
in accordance with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (‘ISAs’), issued by the Auditing Practices Board. 
There are no contractual obligations that act to 
 restrict the Committee’s choice of external auditor. 

In December 2020, the Board proposed and 
shareholders approved at the AGM, the appointment  
of PwC LLP as the Group’s registered independent 
public accounting firm for the financial year ended 
31 July 2021. 

This year, having considered the effectiveness  
and performance of the independent auditor, the 
Committee recommended to the Board the 
reappointment of PwC LLP as independent auditor  
of the Company for the next financial year. 

Independent auditor: services,  
independence and fees 
The independent auditor provides the  
following services: 

•  A report to the Committee giving an overview of the 
results, significant contracts, estimates, judgements 
and observations on the control environment 

•  An opinion on whether the Group and Company 

Financial Statements are true and fair 

•  An internal controls report to the Committee,  

following its audit, highlighting to management  
any areas of weakness or concern highlighted 
through the course of their external audit work

The Committee monitors the cost-effectiveness of audit 
and any non-audit work performed by the independent 
auditor and also considers the potential impact, if any,  
of this work on independence. It recognises that certain 
work of a non-audit nature may be best undertaken by 
the independent auditor as a result of its unique position 
and knowledge of key areas of the Group. 

Approval is required prior to the independent auditor 
commencing any material non-audit work in accordance 
with a Group policy approved by the Committee.  
Certain work, such as providing bookkeeping  
services and taxation planning advice, is prohibited. 

Further, the Committee seeks positive evidence of the 
independence of the independent auditor through its 
challenge to management. 

70 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Nominations 
Committee Report

Providing oversight  
and guidance

“ The Board is committed to promoting 
diversity, inclusion and accessibility  
in all its actions, including Board 
composition and culture.”

Committee activities 2021

•  Appointment of Tracey James as Non-executive 

Director in December 2020

•  Changes to the composition of Board Committees 

to ensure an appropriate balance of skills, 
expertise, knowledge and independence

•  Consideration of succession plans for the Board 

and operational Management Board.

•  Reflecting on the Board evaluation and the 

improvement opportunities identified therein  
in relation to the Committee’s activities and 
responsibilities.

2

Meetings

100%

Attendance

George Materna
Chair of the Nominations Committee 

5 November 2021

Committee members

George Materna (Chair)

Patrick Shanley 
David Lawther

Committee experience

Management

Industry

Finance

Recruitment

Patrick Shanley

George Materna

David Lawther

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

71

I am pleased to present to the shareholders 
the report of the Nominations Committee  
(the ‘Committee’) for the year. 

The Committee’s focus for the year has  
again been to ensure the size, structure and 
experience of the Board is suited to meet the 
opportunities and challenges facing the Group 
going forward. 

After over nine years’ service as a Non-
Executive Director, and Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee, Richard Bradford 
stepped down as independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the Remuneration at the 
AGM in December 2020. The Board would like 
to thank Richard for his highly significant and 
intelligent contribution to the business and 
wish him every success in the future. 

David Lawther moved from his role as  
Chair of the Audit Committee to Chair the 
Remuneration Committee at the AGM in 
December 2020. 

After a full and proper process to recruit to 
new Chair for the Audit Committee, engaging 
The Inzito Partnership to provide independent 
search advice, Tracey James was appointed 
Independent Non-Executive Director and 
Chair of the Audit Committee at the AGM  
in December 2020. In line with the Board’s 
Diversity Policy, Tracey’s appointment was 
made on merit and delivered the Board’s 
recognition of the importance of a diverse  
and inclusive culture as an essential element  
in maintaining Board effectiveness.

The Committee continues to review  
succession planning and Board composition.

Aims and objectives
The aims and objectives of the Nominations 
Committee are set out in the Nominations 
Committee’s full Terms of Reference,  
which can be found in the Corporate 
Governance section on the Company’s 
website, www.gattacaplc.com.

In summary, the role of the Committee is to:

•  review the structure, size and composition 
of the Board, and make recommendations 
to the Board with regard to any changes 
required to ensure an appropriate balance 
of skills, expertise, knowledge and 
independence;

•  review the succession plan for Executive 

Directors and the operational Management 
Board, as appropriate;

•  identify and nominate, for Board approval, 
candidates to fill Board and operational 
Management Board vacancies as and when 
they arise;

•  review annually the time commitment 

required of Non-Executive Directors; and

•  make recommendations to the Board 

regarding membership of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees in consultation 
with the Chair of each Committee.

The Nominations Committee, assisted by an 
external executive search agency, primarily 
manages appointments to the Board, but all 
Board members have the opportunity to meet 
shortlisted candidates, thus ensuring a wide 
range of feedback in the appointment process.

All Executive Directors are engaged on a 
full-time basis. 

Non-Executive Directors have letters of 
appointment stating their annual fee, their 
re-election at forthcoming AGMs, the 
minimum required time commitment and that 
their appointment is subject to satisfactory 
performance. Their appointment may be 
terminated with a maximum of three months’ 
written notice at any time. Copies of letters  
of appointment are available at the Group’s 
registered office during normal business 
hours, and will also be available for inspection 
prior to and during the AGM. 

72 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Nominations Committee Report 
continued

The remuneration of the Chair and  
Non-Executive Directors is determined  
by the Board following proposals from the 
Nominations Committee, within the limits  
set out in the Articles of Association,  
including reviewing the level of fees  
paid by comparator companies. 

Membership of the Committee
During the relevant year, the Committee 
comprised its Chair, George Materna,  
Patrick Shanley, Richard Bradford (August  
to December 2020) and David Lawther 
(December 2020 to July 2021). Patrick 
Shanley, Richard Bradford and David Lawther 
are all Independent Non-Executive Directors, 
who have been members of the Committee 
since 2017, 2013 and 2020 respectively.

Meetings and attendance 
The Committee met twice during the year.

NED

George Materna (Chair)

Patrick Shanley

Richard Bradford1

David Lawther

Maximum 
meetings

Meetings 
attended

2

2

0

2

2

2

0

2

1  Richard Bradford resigned on 8 December 2020.

Nominations Committee activities
The key activities during the year have  
been in reviewing the structure, size and 
composition of the Board and its Committees. 
The Board is satisfied that its current 
composition includes an appropriate balance 
of skills, experience and capabilities, including 
experience of the Recruitment, Technology 
and International markets. 

Priorities for the coming year
In the coming year, the Committee will:

•  continue to monitor the composition  
and effectiveness of the Board and  
its Committees, specifically in relation  
to the balance of Independent and  
Non-Independent Directors;

•  continue to review succession plans for  
the Board and operational Management 
Board; and

•  keep abreast of developments in corporate 
governance to ensure that we act in the 
spirit of good governance practice.

Diversity policy
As an organisation dedicated to helping 
companies realise their full people potential, 
the Board understands the value diversity 
brings to every workplace. The Board is 
committed to promoting diversity, inclusion 
and accessibility in all its actions, including 
Board composition and culture. 

The Board appreciates the range of 
perspectives, insights and challenge needed  
to support good decision making that a 
diverse culture brings. All appointments to  
the Board and its Committees will be made  
on merit, taking into account suitability for  
the role, composition, independence and 
balance of the Board, together with diversity 
of skills, knowledge, experience, personal 
characteristics and background.

Information and training
All Directors have access to the advice  
and services of the Company Secretary,  
who is responsible for ensuring that Board 
procedures and applicable rules and 
regulations are observed. There is an agreed 
procedure for Directors to obtain independent 
professional advice, paid for by the Group.

George Materna
Chair of the Nominations Committee

5 November 2021

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

73

Remuneration 
Committee Report

Remuneration to support the  
Group’s objectives

“ The Committee has considered 

carefully remuneration outcomes 
and its approach to assessing 
performance as the Group 
recovers from the pandemic”

David Lawther
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

5 November 2021

Committee activities 2021

Gattaca’s Remuneration Policy was approved  
by shareholders at the 2019 AGM. 2021 was the 
second year of the three-year policy and no 
changes are being proposed to the policy for  
2022. The pay outcomes for 2021 are in line with 
company performance and takes into account  
our wider stakeholders, and our approach  
to implementing the Directors’ remuneration  
in 2022 will be in line with the approved policy. 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present  
the Remuneration Committee’s (‘the Committee’) 
report for the year ended 31 July 2021. 

The stated aim of our Policy is to:

•  Attract, motivate and retain Executives in order 
to deliver the Group’s strategic objectives and 
business outputs; 

•  Encourage and support a high-performance 

sales and service culture; 

•  Adhere to the principles of good corporate 

governance and appropriate risk management; 
and 

•  Align Executives with the interests of 

shareholders and other key stakeholders

6

Meetings

100%

Attendance

Committee members

David Lawther (Chair)

Patrick Shanley  
Tracey James

Committee experience

Management

Industry

Finance

Recruitment

Patrick Shanley

David Lawther

Tracey James

74 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Remuneration Committee Report 
continued

We are committed to engaging on 
pay matters with our shareholders  
and wider stakeholders

Implementation of Policy in 2021/2022
For 2021/22 Executive Directors’ base salaries and 
Non-Executive Directors’ fees will increase by 3%  
in line with the general workforce increase of 3%.

Business context and remuneration  
outcomes for 2021 
The 2021 full year results for the Group show  
continuing underlying profit before tax (‘PBT’) of  
£3.2m. This was 33% lower than the prior year primarily 
due to the trading downturn driven by the COVID-19 
pandemic. Continuing underlying basic EPS fell  
from 11.7 pence (restated) to 8.4 pence as COVID-19 
continued to impact the global economy. The decisions 
the Committee made on remuneration were taken in  
this context.

At the start of the last financial year, as disclosed in last 
year’s remuneration report, the Remuneration Committee 
determined that no bonus scheme would operate having 
taken into account the impact of the pandemic on the 
business and that it would reconvene and consider 
whether a bonus scheme should apply for the second 
half of the year at an opportunity of no more than 50% 
of maximum. As the year progressed and pandemic 
restrictions eased, the Remuneration Committee 
implemented a bonus scheme for the second half of  
the year to motivate and incentivise senior colleagues 
but at a further reduced opportunity of 35% of salary  
for executive directors. The strong H2 recovery in the 
business has meant that the maximum stretch PBT 
target of £2m was exceeded and a 35% of salary bonus 
became payable to the CEO and CFO. The Remuneration 
Committee believes this outcome is appropriate taking 
into account the underlying performance of the business 
over the course of the year, the fact that no Government 
support was taken in the H2 financial year and the 
payment of bonuses to the wider employee population.

The Committee was mindful of the UK corporate 
governance code requirements and investor sentiments 
relating to executive pension levels. At the present time 
the committee has concluded that our arrangements  
in this regard are appropriate and has not proposed a 
change in the remuneration policy at this time. However 
for any new executive the pension contribution level will 
be capped at the workforce main contribution rate of 5%.

The annual bonus for 2021/22 will enable executive 
directors to earn 100% of their annual base salary 
subject to the achievement of pre-set measures and 
targets; 40% will be based on NFI, 40% on PBT and 20% 
on the achievement of strategic objectives (including an 
ESG criteria).

The Remuneration Policy provides the opportunity to 
grant Executive Directors LTIP awards with a face value 
of 120% of base salary in shares. Despite the recovery  
in the Company’s share price, the Remuneration 
Committee has decided the FY21 grant level should be 
set at 100% of base salary. The vesting of these will be 
subject to EPS performance condition and a relative TSR 
metric measured over a three-year performance period 
ending 31 July 2024. The EPS measure will apply to 75% 
of the awards with the remaining 25% based on TSR 
measured against the FTSE Small Cap constituents 
(excluding Investment Trusts).

During the year, the Company established an Employee 
Benefit Trust to enable it to purchase shares in the 
market to partially satisfy vested share awards.

2022 is the final year of our shareholder approved 
remuneration policy. Over the course of this year, we  
will be reviewing our Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
ahead of a vote at the 2022 AGM. We are committed  
to hearing, and taking active interest in, your views as 
shareholders and if you have any comments or feedback 
on this report or input into the design of the new policy, 
then I would welcome your views and can be reached 
via the Company Secretary at CoSec@gattacaplc.com.

On behalf of the Committee and Board, 

David Lawther
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

5 November 2021

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

75

Directors’ remuneration policy
The Group’s remuneration strategy is to provide a remuneration framework based on the following five principles:

1.  Attract, motivate and retain Executives in order to deliver the Group’s strategic goals and business outputs.

2.  Encourage and support a high-performance sales and service culture.

3.  Recognise and reward delivery of the Group’s business plan and key strategic goals.

4.  Adhere to the principles of good corporate governance and appropriate risk management.

5.  Align Executives with the interests of shareholders and other key stakeholders.

The Committee believes that the remuneration structure in place will support and motivate our executive directors 
in furthering the Group’s long-term strategic objectives including the creation of sustainable shareholder returns. 
Furthermore, the Committee is satisfied that the composition and structure of the remuneration package is appropriate 
and does not incentivise undue risk-taking or reward underperformance.

Full detail of the remuneration policy can be found on the Gattaca plc website (www.gattacaplc.com/investors).

Executive director remuneration
Single figure remuneration table

The remuneration of Executive Directors, showing the breakdown between components with comparative figures 
for the prior financial year, is shown below:

Kevin Freeguard  
(Chief Executive Officer)

Salar Farzad  
(Chief Financial Officer)

Keith Lewis3  
(Chief Operating Officer)

Base  
salary 
£’000

Taxable 
benefits1  
£’000

Bonus  
£’000

Long-term 
incentives2 
£’000

Pension  
£’000

Total  

£’000

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

300

280

227

211

–

163

11

12

13

13

–

5

105

–

79

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

30

28

23

21

–

5

446

320

342

245

–

173

1  Taxable benefits comprise car benefits and private medical insurance.
2  Long-term incentives vesting relate to the performance in the financial year. 
3  Resigned on 5 November 2019.
4  Salaries in 2020 were reduced by 20% as part of our COVID-19 measures for 4 months

Annual bonus outcomes for the financial year ending 31 July 2021
As explained in the Annual Statement and in last year’s remuneration report, the Remuneration Committee decided 
not to implement a bonus scheme and at the start of the 2020/21 financial year in light of the continued uncertainty 
resulting from the global pandemic and that it would consider operating a bonus scheme at the half year for H2 at 
an opportunity of no more than half the maximum annual opportunity. Following easing of restriction measures, the 
Committee implemented a bonus scheme at the half year under which executive directors could earn up to 35% of 
salary if PBT targets were achieved. The table below provides information on the PBT targets, actual performance 
and resulting bonus payment for each Executive Director.

Based on this performance the CEO and CFO have earned a bonus of 35% of salary for 2021 performance  
(2020: £nil). 

Performance  
measure

Bonus  
opportunity 

Threshold  
performance  
(20% of bonus 
payable)

Maximum  
performance  
(100% of bonus 
payable)

Actual  
performance 

% of maximum  
bonus payable 

Underlying profit before tax

35% of salary £1m

£2m

100%

35%

76 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Remuneration Committee Report 
continued

Long-term incentive awards made during the year 
LTIP awards made on 1 December 2020 were equivalent to a face value of 50% of salary for each Executive 
Director. The awards granted are summarised in the table below:

Number  
of options  
granted

Performance measures and targets 

Vesting date

Exercise price 

Kevin Freeguard

178,571

Salar Farzad

134,881

The award is based on achieving cumulative underlying  
PBT targets over the three-year period ending  
31 July 2023.

1 December 
2023

£0.01

Targets:
•  Below £16m: 0% vesting

•  £16m: 25.0% vesting

•  Between £16m and £24m: straight-line vesting 

between 25%–100%

•  Above £24m: 100% vesting

SIP awards granted in 2021
During the year, the Group operated a Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) for Executive Directors and all staff. Under the 
scheme, staff are entitled to buy shares in the Company out of pre-tax salary. Staff can invest up to a maximum of 
£1,800 per annum, which will be used to purchase shares. The Group will award one free share for every share that 
is purchased.

Staff will receive matching shares at the end of a three-year holding period, subject to remaining employed within 
the Group and the shares they bought remaining in the plan throughout the holding period. The table below details 
the shares bought and matching shares awarded to the Executive Directors during the year.

Director

Kevin Freeguard

Salar Farzad

Payments to past Directors for loss of office
There were no payments to directors for loss of office during the year.

Purchased

Matching 
shares awarded

–

–

–

– 

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

77

1. Implementation of Policy in 2020/2021
Fixed remuneration 

Executive Directors will receive a salary increase of 3% in line with the increase provided to the general employee 
population.

The Committee has concluded that the current executive directors’ pension contribution rate of 10% of salary is 
appropriate for this year and reflect the terms agreed on joining the Board. 

However, for any new executive director appointments (including promotions), the pension contribution level will  
be capped at the workforce contribution rate of 5% of salary. The Remuneration Committee will continue to monitor 
best and market practice on pensions and other corporate governance related matters over the course of the year.

Bonus

The 2021/22 annual bonus opportunity for executive directors is 100% of salary; 40% will be based on NFI, 40% on 
PBT and 20% on the achievement of strategic objectives (including an ESG criteria). The targets are commercially 
sensitive and are not disclosed in this report. However, they will be disclosed in full together with the bonus outcomes 
in next year’s remuneration report.

LTIP

The Committee intends to make a grant to Executive Directors of face value of 100% of base salary in the year 
(which is lower than the 120% of salary policy maximum). Vesting will be subject to two measures – 75% on 
underlying EPS targets and 25% on relative TSR, both measured after three years. The TSR measurement would be 
calculated with reference to the relevant TSR against a benchmark of FTSE small cap (excluding Investment Trusts). 

The introduction of relative TSR provides an appropriate balance between profit delivery and share price growth.  
In setting the EPS target, the Committee has taken steps to ensure that these have been calibrated to represent  
a stretch target at vesting threshold and exceptional stretch at maximum opportunity. In determining the vesting 
outcome, the Committee will exercise its discretion and take into account a number of criteria one of which will be 
the Company’s dividends over the period.

2. Non-executive director remuneration policy and letters of appointment 
Remuneration policy table

The Board as a whole is responsible for setting the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors, other than the 
Chair whose remuneration is determined by the Committee and recommended to the Board.

The Non-Executive Director Remuneration Policy remains the same as reported in the 2020 Annual Report.

78 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Remuneration Committee Report 
continued

3. Non-executive director remuneration 
Single figure remuneration table

The remuneration of non-executive directors showing the breakdown between components, with comparative 
figures for the prior year, is shown below:

Director

Patrick Shanley

George Materna

Richard Bradford2

David Lawther3

Tracey James4

Fees  

£’000

Other benefits 
£’000

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

100

93

51

48

18

48

57

51

34

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total  

£’000

100

93

51

48

18

48

57

51

34

–

1  As a result of pandemic, all non executive Directors in office during the prior year made a sacrifice through a 20% reduction in base fees which is reflected in 

the table above. 

2  Resigned 8 December 2020. 
3  David Lawther was appointed as Senior Independent Director (SID) from December 2019 with an additional fee of £5,300. This increase was off-set by the 

20% voluntary fee reduction taken as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic from April to July 2020.

4  Appointed 8 December 2020.

Fees to be provided in 2022 to the non-executive directors
The Board has determined that a workforce-aligned 3% fee increase will be applied to the current Chair and 
Non-Executive fees in 2022.

Fee component per role

Chair fee

Non-Executive Director base fee

Senior Independent Director fee

Committee Chair fee (Audit and Remuneration Committees)

Committee member fee (Audit and Remuneration Committees)

2022 £’000

2021 £’000

% change

103

47

5

5

100

46

5

5

–

3%

3%

0%

0%

–

 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 

79

4. Directors’ shareholding and share interests
Shareholding and other interests at 31 July 2021

Directors’ share interests are set out below. In order that their interests are aligned with those of shareholders, 
Executive Directors are encouraged to build and maintain a personal shareholding in the Company equal to 200% 
of their base salary.

Director

Kevin Freeguard

Salar Farzad

Patrick Shanley

George Materna

Richard Bradford

David Lawther

Tracey James4

Total

Shareholding at 31 July 2021

Interests in shares under the LTIP

SIP awards (matching shares)

Number of 
beneficially 
owned shares2

% of  

salary held3

Total interests 
subject to 
conditions

Total vested 
interests 
unexercised

Total interests 
subject to 
conditions

Total interests 
at 31 July 2021

12,880

10%

597,099

–

15,000

8,077,405

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

456,735

–

–

–

–

–

8,105,285

1,053,834

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

609,979

456,753

15,000

8,077,405

–

–

–

9,159,119

1   Appointed 1 October 2018.
2   Beneficial interests include shares held directly or indirectly by connected persons. These also include partnership and vested match shares held under  

the SIP.

3   % of salary held calculated using the share price on 31 July 2021, being 241.0 pence. 
4  Tracey James joined the Board on 8 December 2020.

There have been no changes between 31 July 2021 and the date that this Report was signed. 

5. Considerations by the Committee of matters relating to Directors’ remuneration in 2021.
The Committee determines and agrees with the Board the Policy for the Chair of the Board, the Executive Directors 
and other management team members, and approves the structure of, and targets for, their annual performance-
related pay schemes. It reviews the design of share incentive plans for approval by the Board and shareholders, and 
determines the annual award policy to Executive Directors and Management Board members under existing plans. 

Within the terms of the agreed Policy, the Committee determines the remainder of the remuneration packages 
(principally comprising salary and pension) for each Executive Director and senior leadership member. It also 
reviews and notes the remuneration trends across the Group. The Committee’s full Terms of Reference are available 
on the Company’s website, www.gattacaplc.com.

Members of the Committee during 2021

David Lawther (Chair)

Richard Bradford1 (Chair)

Patrick Shanley

Tracey James2

1  Resigned on 8 December 2020.
2  Appointed on 8 December 2020.

Independent

Number of 
meetings held

Meetings 
attended

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

6

2

6

4

6

2

6

4

80 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Remuneration Committee Report 
continued

During the year, there were six Committee meetings. The matters covered at each meeting included setting up an 
employee benefit trust to enable the Company to purchase shares to partially satisfy share awards, the 2021 bonus 
scheme (including setting of targets at the half year), the LTIP grants made during the year and LTIP vesting outcomes, 
2021 salary review budget proposal, Remuneration Committee advisers and senior management remuneration 
plans for 2022.

None of the Committee members has any personal financial interest (other than as a shareholder) in the decisions 
made by the Committee, of conflicts of interests arising from cross-directorships or day-to-day involvement in 
running the business.

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and HR Director may attend meetings at the invitation of the 
Committee, but are not present when their own remuneration is being discussed. The Committee is supported by 
the HR Director, finance and company secretariat functions.

The Committee received external advice in 2021 from FIT Remuneration Consultants (‘FIT’). The total fee paid to FIT 
in respect of services to the Committee during the year was £25,699.

6. Statement of voting
The 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Report will be put forward to shareholders on an advisory basis at the next AGM.

This report was approved by the Committee, on behalf of the Board, on the date shown below and signed on its 
behalf by: 

David Lawther
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

5 November 2021

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

81

Independent Auditors’ Report

to the members of Gattaca plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
In our opinion, Gattaca plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 31 July 2021 and of the 

group’s profit and the group’s and company’s cash flows for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 

requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2021 (the “Annual Report”), 
which comprise: the Consolidated and Company Statements of Financial Position as at 31 July 2021; the Consolidated 
Income Statement and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company Cash Flow 
Statements, and the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity for the year then ended; and the 
notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

Audit scope

•  We conducted full scope audit work over four operating units which accounted for 93% of the group’s revenue 

and 81% of the group’s continuing underlying profit before taxation.

•  We performed procedures at group level over goodwill, acquired intangible assets, share-based payments, 

taxation and testing of the consolidation.

Key audit matters

•  Recoverability of trade receivables and accrued income (group)

•  Risk of fraud in revenue recognition – permanent and contractors (group)

•  Impact of COVID-19 (group and company)

Materiality

•  Overall group materiality: £340,000 (2020: £445,000) based on 0.8% of net fee income (gross profit) from 

continuing operations (2020: 5% of the average of the last three years’ profit from continuing operations before 
tax adjusted for non-underlying items).

•  Overall company materiality: £1,105,000 (2020: £1,104,000) based on 1% of total assets.

•  Performance materiality: £255,000 (group) and £828,750 (company).

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the 
audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect 
on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.

82 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Independent Auditors’ Report continued

to the members of Gattaca plc

Our audit approach continued
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Non-underlying costs and discontinued operations and goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment 
assessments, which were key audit matters last year, are no longer included because of, in the case of non-underlying 
costs and discontinued operations, a significantly reduced quantum of non-underlying costs are recorded in the 
current year and there is limited judgement or estimation in the discontinued operations assessment. In the case  
of goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment assessments there is significant headroom in the value in use 
models produced by management, including when sensitised to include significant shortfalls in cashflows versus the 
base models. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Recoverability of trade receivables and accrued income (group)

Refer to page 68 (Audit 
Committee Report), Note 1.17 
(The Group and Company 
Significant Accounting Policies) 
and Note 17 (Trade and Other 
Receivables).

At 31 July 2021, the group had 
gross trade receivables and 
accrued income balances of 
£65,443,000 (2020: 
£47,859,000) and provisions of 
£4,514,000 (2020: £4,256,000).

The recoverability of trade 
receivables, accrued income  
and the level of provisions  
for expected credit losses are 
considered to be a key risk due 
to the significant quantum of 
these balances to the financial 
statements and the judgements 
required in determining these 
provisions, including the impact 
of COVID-19.

In order to test the recoverability of trade receivables and accrued income, 
we performed the following procedures:

•  We sent accounts receivable confirmations to a sample of customers. 

Where these were not received, we assessed recoverability by reference 
to cash received subsequent to year end, and issue of credit notes post 
year end, as necessary;

•  Where cash had not been received post year end, we performed 

alternative procedures by agreeing amounts recorded to supporting 
timesheets approved by the customer and corroborated rates used in 
calculating bill rates to supporting documents;

•  We considered, at a total debtor level, the quantum of cash received post 
year end against the debtor book and how this supported the expected 
credit loss provision applied;

•  We assessed the reasons the amounts that were not yet paid with 

Gattaca’s local management teams to determine if there were indicators 
of impairment;

•  We evaluated the group’s credit control procedures, including the use  

of non-recourse invoice financing and credit insurance and validated the 
ageing profile of trade receivables;

•  We agreed a sample of accrued income to approved timesheets, rates and 
post year end invoices to agree that revenue had been accrued for time 
that had been worked pre year end. Where payment has been received  
to date we also traced cash receipts to bank statements;

•  We considered the appropriateness of judgements regarding the level  
of expected credit loss for trade receivables and accrued income and 
assessed whether the associated provisions were calculated in accordance 
with the group’s expected credit loss policies and IFRS 9 ‘Financial 
Instruments’ and whether there was evidence of management bias  
in provisioning, obtaining supporting evidence as necessary;

•  We evaluated the known circumstances with regards to doubtful recovery 

of the NMCN plc receivable balances at 31 July 2021, and subsequent 
administration, and agreed with management’s treatment in providing  
for the full exposure at 31 July 2021;

•  We challenged management as to the recoverability of specific aged 
unprovided debtors, corroborating management’s explanations with 
underlying documentation and correspondence with the relevant 
customers;

•  We researched viability of a sample of debtors and considered 

provisioning rates of businesses in the same industry;

•  We agreed that management appropriately considered the heightened 
risk of collectability of debtors held by discontinued operations noting 
that all material balances are provided for in full; and

•  We agreed that management had appropriately incorporated the  
actual experience and future anticipated impact of COVID-19 into  
the estimates made.

There were no material issues identified in the testing of trade receivables  
or accrued income and the respective expected credit loss provisions.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

83

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Risk of fraud in revenue recognition – permanent and contractors (group)

Refer to page 68 (Audit 
Committee Report), Note 1.6 
(The Group and Company 
Significant Accounting Policies), 
Note 2 (Segmental Information) 
and Note 3 (Revenue from 
Contracts With Customers).

There is an inherent incentive to 
manipulate income through the 
fraudulent posting of journals 
to revenue during the year to 
meet financial targets. 

At the year end, significant 
manual journals are posted  
to record accrued income,  
in respect of time worked  
by contractors that has not 
been billed.

The audit risk includes  
both of the above aspects.  
We determined that these 
specifically impact the 
occurrence of revenue  
and pre-year end cut-off.

We performed the following procedures to address the risk that revenue had 
been recorded fraudulently:

•  We assessed the design and implementation of key controls around all 

streams of revenue recognised. This included conducting an end to end 
walkthrough of the contractor pay to bill process both under the group’s 
legacy system, and the new ‘PBS’ system. Testing of key controls was 
performed for the contractor revenue stream;

•  For contractor revenue we tested the occurrence of revenue journals 
posted throughout the year using a combination of data auditing 
techniques and corroboration of transactions to third party documentation 
for a sample of invoices;

•  We tested the permanent revenue stream through agreement to third party 

documentation and tracing cash receipt to bank statement;

•  We tested a sample of credit notes post year end to identify where revenue 

recognised during the year has been subsequently reversed;

•  We tested the accrued income associated with work performed by 

contractors before the year end, by comparing the amounts to customer 
approved timesheets submitted after year end;

•  We considered the appropriateness and accuracy of any cut-off adjustments 
processed by considering the start date of permanent placements and the 
term of a temporary placement with reference to the year end date; and

•  We tested material rebate arrangements to the underlying agreement and 

tested the accuracy of the calculations.

We validated that the group’s revenue recognition accounting policy complies 
with the requirements of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’. We 
have agreed that revenue has been recognised in accordance with Gattaca’s 
accounting policy by reviewing the details of the group’s revenue recognition 
policy, the application of this, and any significant new contracts.

There were no material issues identified by our testing of revenue during the 
period and no instance of fraud in revenue recognition identified.

84 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Independent Auditors’ Report continued

to the members of Gattaca plc

Our audit approach continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impact of COVID-19 (group and company)

In advance of the year end, and throughout the course of our audit 
procedures, we assessed the risks arising from COVID-19. We have 
performed the following procedures in order to assess the group’s and 
company’s response to the uncertainty created by COVID-19 specifically  
in relation to going concern, as explained in the section below entitled 
‘Conclusions relating to going concern’.

We have performed the following procedures in order to assess the group’s 
response to the uncertainty created by COVID-19 specifically in relation to 
goodwill and acquired intangible impairment assessments:

•  We challenged the cash flow projections used within the model, by 

reference to current levels of sales, including the impact of COVID-19 
and anticipated recovery, and assessment of management’s historical 
forecasting accuracy. We held discussions with financial and non-
financial personnel, corroborating explanations to supporting 
documentation, including third party evidence, such as industry reports, 
where possible. We consider the projections to be reasonable; and

•  With the assistance of our valuation specialists, we assessed the growth 
and discount rates used in the impairment calculations, by comparing 
the group’s assumptions to external data. We concluded that the 
group’s assumptions were appropriate.

We concur with management’s conclusion that there is no impairment in 
goodwill and acquired intangible assets.

We have performed the following procedures where COVID-19 has had an 
impact on other areas of the financial statements:

Assessed the process for placing employees and contractors on furlough, 
audited a sample of the amounts received from the UK Government 
support programmes, agreed a sample of the employees to the returns 
and reviewed that the accounting treatment and disclosures are in line  
with IAS 20;

Considered the appropriateness of management’s disclosure of the impact 
of the pandemic on the trading environment and future plans and that they 
are consistent with our wider understanding of the business;

We assessed that the conclusions reached and disclosures provided in 
relation to COVID-19 are appropriate;

Whilst we have undertaken much of our year end audit work remotely, we 
did not encounter any significant difficulties in performing our audit testing 
or in obtaining the required evidence to support our audit conclusions.

Refer to page 68 (Audit Committee 
Report), Note 1.3 (Group and 
Company Significant Accounting 
Policies), Note 1.10 (The Group and 
Company Significant Accounting 
Policies), Note 1.11 (The Group and 
Company Significant Accounting 
Policies) and Note 13 (Goodwill and 
Intangible Assets) and disclosures 
in the Executive Review of the 
Annual Report.

In the year to 31 July 2021, and 
subsequently, the impact of 
COVID-19 on the UK and global 
economy has been significant. 
Measures including restructuring 
programmes and placing workers 
on furlough were taken by the 
group in responding to the  
short-term impact.

However, as an international 
recruitment business, the group 
continues to be impacted by the 
pandemic.

The forecasts used for going 
concern and goodwill and acquired 
intangible impairment purposes 
have taken into consideration 
these ongoing COVID-19 impacts 
upon the group.

Management has concluded that 
the group and company remains a 
going concern and that there is no 
material uncertainty in respect of 
this conclusion.

Management have also concluded 
that the carrying value of goodwill 
and acquired intangible assets are 
supported by the present value of 
the projected future cash flows of 
the Cash Generating Units (CGUs) 
to which they relate and hence no 
impairment is recorded.

The pandemic has resulted in the 
year end financial close process, as 
well as the external audit, having to 
take place through a mixture of 
remote and on-site work.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

85

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting 
processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The group has 42 operating units which fall into three reporting segments, namely UK Engineering, UK Technology 
and International.

Of the group’s 42 operating units, we performed audits of complete financial information at 4 operating units in the 
UK due to their financial significance to the group representing 93% of the group’s revenue and 81% of the group’s 
continuing underlying profit before taxation.

In addition, we performed analytical procedures on the remaining 38 operating units to understand key balances 
and transactions in the year and performed additional procedures on any unusual balances identified.

All testing was performed by the group engagement team with no component teams utilised.

The combination of the work referred to above, together with additional procedures performed at group level 
including over goodwill, intangible assets, share-based payments, taxation and testing of the consolidation and 
adjustments made to the financial statements gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole.

We performed testing over material financial statement line items in the company financial statements, including 
the in year capital contribution and impairment testing over the carrying value of the investment.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures 
and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as  
a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall 
materiality

How we 
determined it

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

Financial statements – group

Financial statements – company

£340,000 (2020: £445,000).

£1,105,000 (2020: £1,104,000).

0.8% of net fee income (gross profit) from continuing 
operations (2020: 5% of the average of the last three 
years’ profit from continuing operations before tax 
adjusted for non-underlying items).

1% of total assets.

The profit measure previously used has been 
disproportionately impacted by the impact of 
COVID-19 on the business. Net fee income is 
considered to be a benchmark we believe best reflects 
the performance of the business.

We believe that total assets are an 
appropriate metric for assessing the 
company as it holds the investment 
instruments of the group and 
intercompany positions with 
subsidiaries. We applied a lower 
materiality of £323,000 to certain 
line items, account balances and 
disclosures that were in scope for 
the audit of the group financial 
statements.

 
86 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Independent Auditors’ Report continued

to the members of Gattaca plc

Our audit approach continued
For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group 
materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was between £275,000 and £320,000.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of 
uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality 
in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of 
transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% of 
overall materiality, amounting to £255,000 for the group financial statements and £828,750 for the company 
financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk 
assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper 
end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during  
our audit above £17,000 (group audit) (2020: £22,500) and £17,000 (company audit) (2020: £22,500) as well  
as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

•  Assessing the inputs and underlying assumptions of the base case going concern model prepared by 

management which includes the anticipated future impacts of COVID-19.

•  Verified the mathematical accuracy of the going concern forecasts.

•  Assessing the severe but plausible downside scenario which has been used to sensitise the base case model, 

including consideration of the underlying assumptions within this forecast.

•  Assessing the liquidity headroom on the group’s invoice financing facility on both the base case and severe but 

plausible downside. We held discussions with the group’s key banking partner, who provide the invoice financing 
facility in order to assess the availability of the facility for the foreseeable future.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and the company’s ability  
to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are 
authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the 
group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the 
relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and 
our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except  
to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in 
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent 
material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there 
is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based 
on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by 
the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report 
certain opinions and matters as described below.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

87

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 July 2021 is consistent with the financial statements and has 
been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the 
applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible 
for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in 
line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including 
fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance  
with laws and regulations related to employment matters, tax legislation, including areas such as the Construction 
Industry Scheme, compliance with accounting standards and the Companies Act and specific areas of dispute  
and potential litigation, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on  
the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial 
statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for 
fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that 
the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries to increase revenue or reduce expenditure, 
and management bias in accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:

•  With regard to potential non-compliance with laws and regulations, we held discussions with group board 

members and management at multiple levels across the business and the group’s legal counsel throughout  
the year, as well as at year end. These discussions have included enquiries of known or suspected instances  
of non-compliance with laws and regulations and fraud, outcomes of investigations and actions taken.

•  With regard to the legal matter discussed in note 28 (Contingent Liabilities), we held discussions with the group’s 

external legal counsel.

•  With regard to fraudulent manipulation, we sought to identify and test journal entries, in particular any journal 

entries posted with unusual account combinations or posted by senior management.

•  Incorporating elements of unpredictability into the audit procedures performed, including analysis of significant 

payments made to contractors.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of 
instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions 
reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher 
than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, 
forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

88 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Independent Auditors’ Report continued

to the members of Gattaca plc

Reporting on other information continued
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using 
data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than 
testing complete populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk 
characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population 
from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website 
at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving 
these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report  
is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 

been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Julian Gray (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

Southampton

5 November 2021

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

89

Consolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 31 July 2021

Continuing operations

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses2

Profit from continuing operations

Finance income

Finance cost

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year after taxation from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Loss for the year from discontinued operations  
(attributable to equity holders of the Company)

Profit/(loss) for the year

Note

2021
£’000

Restated1
2020
£’000

2

2

4

6

7

10

415,726

534,709

(373,646)

(481,953)

42,080

(38,796)

3,284

56

(1,136)

2,204

(415)

1,789

52,756

(49,218)

3,538

24

(2,245)

1,317

(590)

727

11

(1,208)

(2,508)

581

(1,781)

Profit/(loss) for the year for 2021 and 2020 are wholly attributable to equity holders of the Company. The Company has 
elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting the parent company 
income statement.

Total earnings per ordinary share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Earnings from continuing operations per ordinary share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Note

12

12

Note

12

12

2021 
pence

1.8

1.8

2021 
pence

5.5

5.5

2020 
pence

(5.5)

(5.5)

Restated1 
2020 
pence

2.3

2.2

Reconciliation to adjusted profit measure
Underlying profit is the Group’s key adjusted profit measure; profit from continuing operations is adjusted to exclude 
non-underlying income and expenditure as defined in the Group’s accounting policy, amortisation and impairment of 
goodwill and acquired intangibles, impairment of leased right-of-use assets and net foreign exchange gains or losses.

Profit from continuing operations

Add

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, depreciation of leased  
right-of-use assets and amortisation of software and software licences

Non-underlying items included within administrative expenses

Amortisation and impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles and 
impairment of leased right-of-use assets

Underlying EBITDA

Less

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment, leased  
right-of-use assets and amortisation of software and software licences

Net finance costs excluding foreign exchange gains and losses

Underlying profit before taxation

Underlying taxation

Underlying profit after taxation from continuing operations

Note

2

2,4

2

6,7

10

2021
£’000

3,284

2,467

(193)

548

6,106

Restated1
2020
£’000

3,538

3,088

1,248

1,382

9,256

(2,467)

(3,088)

(412)

3,227

(506)

2,721

(1,389)

4,779

(995)

3,784

2020 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

1 
2  Administrative expenses from continuing operations includes net impairment losses on trade receivables and accrued income of £420,000  

(2020 restated: £2,554,000).

90 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 July 2021

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent

Attributable to:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

2021
£’000

581

281

281

862

2021
£’000

2,022

(1,160)

862

2020
£’000

(1,781)

(1,091)

(1,091)

(2,872)

Restated1
2020
£’000

507

(3,379)

(2,872)

1 

2020 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

 
 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

91

Consolidated and Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 July 2021

A) Consolidated

At 1 August 2019 as per  
originally presented

Adjustment on initial application  
of IFRS 16, net of tax

Restated total equity at  
1 August 2019

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive loss

Deferred tax movement in respect  
of share options

Reversal of share-based payments 
charge (Note 23)

Share-based payments  
reserves transfer

Issue of treasury shares to employees

Transactions with owners

Share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium
£’000

Merger 
reserve
£’000

Share-
based 
payment
reserve
£’000

Translation 
reserve
£’000

Treasury 
shares 
reserve 
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total
£’000

323

8,706

28,750

753

944

(140)

2,571

41,907

–

–

–

–

–

–

770

770

323

8,706

28,750

753

944

(140)

3,341

42,677

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(60)

(167)

–

(227)

–

(1,091)

(1,091)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

43

43

(1,781)

(1,781)

–

(1,091)

(1,781)

(2,872)

(16)

(16)

–

(60)

167

–

151

–

43

(33)

At 31 July 2020

323

8,706

28,750

526

(147)

(97)

1,711

39,772

At 1 August 2020

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Deferred tax movement in respect  
of share options

Share-based payments charge  
(Note 23)

Share-based payments  
reserves transfer

Issue of treasury shares to employees

Transactions with owners

323

8,706

28,750

526

(147)

(97)

1,711

39,772

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

104

(176)

–

(72)

–

281

281

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

60

60

581

–

581

65

581

281

862

65

–

104

176

–

241

–

60

229

At 31 July 2021

323

8,706

28,750

454

134

(37)

2,533

40,863

92 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Consolidated and Company Statement of Changes in Equity continued

For the year ended 31 July 2021

B) Company

Share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium
£’000

Merger 
reserve
£’000

Share-
based 
payment
reserve
£’000

Treasury 
shares 
reserve 
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total
£’000

At 1 August 2019

323

8,706

28,526

753

Loss and total comprehensive expense for  
the year (Note 9)

Reversal of share-based payments charge  
(Note 23)

Share-based payments reserves transfer

Transactions with owners

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(60)

(167)

(227)

At 31 July 2020

323

8,706

28,526

526

At 1 August 2020

323

8,706

28,526

526

Loss and total comprehensive expense  
for the year (Note 9)

Share-based payments charge (Note 23)

Share-based payments reserves transfer

Purchase of treasury shares

Transactions with owners

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

104

(176)

–

(72)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(16)

(16)

2,390

40,698

(1,111)

(1,111)

–

167

167

(60)

–

(60)

1,446

39,527

1,446

39,527

(866)

(866)

–

176

–

176

104

–

(16)

88

At 31 July 2021

323

8,706

28,526

454

(16)

756

38,749

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

93

Consolidated and Company Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 July 2021

Group

Company

Note

2021 
£’000

2020 restated1
£’000

2021 
£’000

2020 
£’000

Non-current assets

Goodwill and intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Corporation tax receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets classified as held for sale

Total current assets

Total assets

Non-current liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Lease liabilities

Bank loans and borrowings

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Bank loans and borrowings

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified 
as held for sale

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Share-based payment reserve

Translation reserve

Treasury shares reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

13

14

22

15

16

13,778

1,578

5,674

–

–

12,877

1,492

7,338

19

–

13

–

–

38,463

–

21,030

21,726

38,476

17

63,937

48,862

818

29,238

346

94,339

26

34,796

–

3,046

195

4

–

83,684

3,245

101,885

16

–

–

8,520

–

8,536

101,610

275

–

–

115,369

105,410

41,721

110,421

(524)

(1,269)

(4,281)

–

(277)

 (1,587)

(5,746)

(7,304)

(6,074)

 (14,914)

(56,121)

(464)

(796)

(1,480)

(9,348)

(223)

(46,129)

 (1,207)

(1,247)

(1,990)

(151)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(7,304)

(7,304)

(2,972)

(63,590)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(68,432)

 (50,724)

(2,972)

(63,590)

(74,506)

(65,638)

(2,972)

(70,894)

40,863

39,772

38,749

39,527

323

8,706

28,750

454

134

(37)

2,533

40,863

323

8,706

28,750

526

(147)

(97)

1,711

323

8,706

28,526

454

–

(16)

756

39,772

38,749

323

8,706

28,526

526

–

–

1,446

39,527

11

16

18

22

20

19

18

22

20

11

23

The amount of loss generated by the parent Company was £866,000 for the year ended 31 July 2021 (2020: loss of £1,111,000).

The accompanying notes on pages 95 to 132 form part of these financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 89 to 132 were approved by the board of directors on 5 November 2021 and 
signed on its behalf by

Salar Farzad
Chief Financial Officer

1  Presentation of provisions between current and non-current liabilities for the year ended 31 July 2020 has been restated as explained in Note 1. 24

94 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements
For the year ended 31 July 2021

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit/(loss) after taxation

Adjustments for:

   Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortisation  

of goodwill and intangible assets

  Depreciation of leased right-of-use assets 

  Profits from sale of subsidiary, associate or investment

  Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

  Impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles 

  Impairment of right-of-use assets

  Impairment of property, plant and equipment

  Interest income

  Interest costs

  Taxation expense recognised in income statement

  (Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

  Increase /(decrease) in trade and other payables

  (Decrease)/increase in provisions

  Share-based payment charge

Cash (used in)/generated from operations

Interest paid

Interest on lease liabilities

Interest received

Income taxes paid

Group

Company

Note

2021
£’000 

2020
£’000 

2021
£’000 

2020
£’000 

 581 

 (1,781)

 (866)

 (1,111)

4

4

4

4

4

4

 1,183 

 1,831 

 3 

 4 

 1,875 

 2,041 

–

 8 

–

 183 

 18 

 (65)

 1,218 

 400 

 (304)

 52 

 334 

 432 

–

 (91)

 1,936 

 598 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 260 

 (189)

 593 

 (339)

 (15,384)

 47,537 

 68,992 

–

 10,098 

 5,453 

(60,617)

 9,120 

 (1,064)

 1,085 

23

 271 

 77 

–

–

–

–

 (678)

 59,200 

7,583

 8,267 

 (320)

 (1,052)

(63)

 (524)

 (156)

 (214)

 65 

 91 

 (1,322)

 (387)

–

–

–

–

–

–

Cash (used in)/generated from operating activities

 (2,411)

 57,638 

 7,520 

 7,743 

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Purchase of investments

Proceeds from sale of subsidiary, associate or investment

Cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Lease liability principal repayment

Issue from/(purchase of) treasury shares

Working capital facility utilised/(repaid)

Finance costs paid

Repayment of term loan

Cash used in financing activities

Effects of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year1

14

13

15

 (332)

 (191)

 (1,872)

 (2,348)

–

–

 (19)

 304 

 (2,204)

 (2,254)

 (2,355)

 (1,987)

–

–

–

–

–

–

 60 

 (67)

 (16)

 9,197 

 (28,968)

–

 (223)

–

–

–

 (20)

–

–

 (20)

–

–

–

 (223)

 (7,500)

 (7,500)

 (7,500)

 (7,500)

 (598)  (38,745)

 (7,516)

 (7,723)

 (345)

 (1,016)

 (5,558)

 15,623 

 34,796 

 19,173 

 29,238 

 34,796 

–

 4 

–

 4 

–

–

–

–

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents for discontinued operations was £1,534,000 (2020 restated: decrease  
of £3,059,000).

1  

Included in cash and cash equivalents is £7,115,000 of restricted cash (2020: £2,034,000) which meets the definition of cash and cash equivalents but is not available 
for use by the Group. This balance arises from the Group’s non-recourse working capital arrangements, which were entered into in 2020 as explained in Note 20.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

95

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements

1  The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies
1.1   The Business of the Group

Gattaca plc (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) is a human capital resources business 
providing contract and permanent recruitment services in the private and public sectors. The Company is a public 
limited company, which is listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM) and is incorporated and domiciled  
in England, United Kingdom. The Company’s address is: 1450 Parkway, Solent Business Park Whiteley, Fareham, 
Hampshire, PO15 7AF. The registration number is 04426322.

1.2  Basis of preparation of the financial statements

The financial statements of Gattaca plc have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards 
in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention. The accounting policies have 
been applied consistently to all years throughout both the Group and the Company for the purposes of preparation 
of these financial statements. A summary of the principal accounting policies of the Group are set out below.

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas 
involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant  
to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in Note 1.23.

1.3  Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and 
position are set out in the Strategic Report. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position 
mirror those of our ultimate parent company and can be found in the Chief Financial Officer’s Report of the 2021 
annual report for Gattaca plc.

The majority of our staff have now been working remotely for over twelve months and there has not been any 
significant impact to our ability to operate effectively. The initial reduction in contractor numbers in April 2020, 
whilst impacting profitability, has resulted in reduced working capital requirements and has created further liquidity. 
The Group has also undertaken other actions, including an increase to the payment terms of certain contractors 
and these actions have created a permanent working capital benefit, and will reduce our working capital 
requirements during growth. We have seen signs of extensions in debtor days as a result of the pandemic impact  
on trading at our clients and we continue to be alert for any sudden changes. There is sufficient headroom on  
our working capital facilities to absorb a level of extensions, but we would also manage supply to the customer  
if payment within an appropriate period was not being made. A significant deterioration in payment terms would 
significantly impact the Group’s liquidity. 

The Directors have prepared detailed cash flow forecasts to July 2024, covering a period of 33 months from the 
date of approval of these financial statements. This base case is drawn up with appropriate regard for the current 
macroeconomic environment and the particular circumstances in which the Group operates. This conservative base 
case assumes a recovery of the UK business to 100% of pre-COVID-19 contract and permanent NFI by July 2022, 
with a further growth to 115% of pre-COVID-19 by July 2023 and 124% growth of pre-COVID-19 by July 2024. 
Trading has been broadly in line with this forecast since the year end.

The output of the base case forecasting process has been used to perform sensitivity analysis on the Group’s  
cash flow to model the potential effects should principal risks actually occur either individually or in unison. The 
sensitivity analysis modelled scenarios in which the Group incurred a sustained loss of business arising from a 
prolonged global downturn as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, with a slower recovery scenario considered.  
The Group has modelled the impact of a severe but plausible scenario including a reduction in recovery to 80%  
of pre-COVID NFI by July 2022, and subsequent slow recovery to 90% of pre-COVID NFI by July 2023, as well  
as the impact of a subsequent 5 day deterioration in the recovery of customer receivables.

After making appropriate enquiries and considering the uncertainties described above, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation at the time of approving these financial statements that the Group and the Company has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Following careful consideration 
the Directors do not consider there to be a material uncertainty with regards to going concern and consider it is 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

96 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

1  The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies continued
1.4  New standards and interpretations

The following are new standards or improvements to existing standards that are mandatory for the first time in the 
Group’s accounting period beginning on 1 August 2020 and no new standards have been early adopted. The Group’s 
July 2021 consolidated financial statements have adopted these amendments to IFRS:

•  Amendment to IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ – COVID-19 related rent concessions (effective 1 June 2020)

•  Amendment to IFRS 9, IAS39 and IFRS 7 – Interest rate benchmark reform (effective 1 January 2020)

•  Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in 

Accounting Estimates and Errors – Definition of material (effective 1 January 2020)

•  IFRS 3 (amendments) Business Combinations – Definition of a business (effective 1 January 2020)

•  Revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting – Various interpretation amendments  

(effective 1 January 2020)

There have been no alterations made to the accounting policies as a result of considering all of the other amendments 
above that became effective in the year, as these were either not material or were not relevant to the Group or Company.

New standards in issue, not yet adopted

The Group has not yet adopted certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards, 
which have been published but which are only effective for the Group accounting periods beginning on or after 
1 August 2021. Forthcoming amendments are noted below.

The directors continually evaluate the impact of the adoption of new standards, amendments and interpretations 
but currently do not expect them to have a material impact on the Group’s or Company’s operations or results.

Forthcoming requirements

The following amendments are required for application for the Group’s year beginning after 1 August 2021 or later:

Standard

IAS 1 Amendments

Classification of liabilities as current or non-current

IAS 16 Amendments

Property, plant and equipment: proceeds before intended use

IAS 37 Amendments

Onerous contracts – cost of fulfilling a contract

IFRS 3 Amendments

Reference to the conceptual framework

IFRS Standards 2018-2022 Annual improvements on IFRS 9, IFRS 16 and IFRS 1

Effective date (annual periods 
beginning on or after)

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1.5  Basis of consolidation

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date on which that control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for 
the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners 
of the acquiree, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value 
of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and 
liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value at the 
acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition 
basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the recognised amounts of the 
acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. 
Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Where necessary, amounts reported by subsidiaries have been adjusted to 
conform to the Group’s accounting policies.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

97

1.6  Revenue

Revenue is measured by reference to the fair value of consideration received or receivable by the Group for services 
provided, excluding VAT and trade discounts.

Temporary placements

Revenue from temporary, or contract placements is recognised at the point in time when the candidate provides 
services, upon receipt of a client-approved timesheet or equivalent proof of time worked. Timing differences 
between the receipt of a client-approved timesheet and the raising of an invoice are recognised as accrued income. 
The Group has assessed its use of third party providers to supply candidates for temporary placements under the 
agent or principal criteria and has determined that it is the principal on the grounds that it retains primary responsibility 
for provision of the services.

A number of contractual rebate arrangements are in place in respect of volume and value of sales; these are 
accounted for as variable consideration reducing revenue and estimated in line with IFRS 15. Variable consideration 
is calculated on a contract-by-contract basis and dependent on the volume of candidate placements in a given 
period or the achievement of certain pricing thresholds holds.

Any consideration payable at the start of contracts to customers is recognised as a prepayment and released to 
profit or loss over the terms of the contract it relates to, as a reduction to revenue.

Permanent placements

Revenue from permanent placements, which is based on a percentage of the candidate’s remuneration package, is 
recognised when candidates commence employment which is the point at which the performance obligation of the 
contract is considered met. Some permanent placements are subject to a ‘claw-back’ period whereby if a candidate 
leaves within a set period of starting employment, the customer is entitled to a rebate subject to the Group’s terms 
and conditions. Provisions as a reduction to revenue are recognised for such arrangements if material. In addition, a 
number of contractual rebate arrangements are in place in respect of volume and value of sales; these are accounted 
for as variable consideration reducing revenue and estimated in line with IFRS 15.

Other

Other revenue streams are generated from provision of engineering services and other fees. Revenue for certain 
engineering services is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract and recognised when the 
Group provides a service to a customer, taking into account the requirements of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers’. The requirements include identifying the different performance obligations within each contract 
separately and applying the recognition when the obligation has been satisfied, taking into account contract 
modifications and variable consideration.

1.7  Government grants

Government grants are assistance by government in the form of transfers of resources to an entity in return for past 
or future compliance with certain conditions relating to operating activities.

Government grants are recognised when there is a reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions 
attached to it and that the grant will be received. They are recognised in the consolidated income statement on  
a systematic basis over the periods in which the related costs that they compensate are recognised as expenses.

Grants are either presented as grant income or deducted in reporting the related expense they compensate in the 
income statement.

1.8  Non-underlying items

Non-underlying items are income or expenditure that are considered unusual and separate to underlying trading 
results because of their size, nature or incidence and are presented within the income statement but highlighted 
through separate disclosure. The Group’s directors consider that these items should be separately identified within 
the income statement to enable a proper understanding of the Group’s business performance.

Items which are included within this category include but are not limited to:

•  material restructuring costs including related professional fees and staff costs;

•  costs of acquisitions; and

•  integration costs following acquisitions.

In addition, the Group also excludes from underlying results amortisation and impairment of goodwill and acquired 
intangibles, impairment of leased right-of-use assets and net foreign exchange gains or losses.

98 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

1  The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies continued
1.8  Non-underlying items continued

Specific adjusting items are included as non-underlying based on the following rationale:

Distorting due 
to irregular 
nature year on 
year

Distorting due 
to fluctuating 
nature (size)

Does not reflect 
in-year 
operational 
performance of 
continuing 
business

Item

Material restructuring costs

Amortisation and impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles

Impairment of leased right-of-use assets

Net foreign exchange gains and losses

Costs of acquisitions

Integration costs following acquisitions

Tax impact of the above

1.9  Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of depreciation and any provision for impairment.

Depreciation is calculated so as to write off the cost of an asset, less its estimated residual value, over the useful 
economic life of that asset. Annual depreciation rates are as follows:

Motor vehicles 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment  12.5% to 33.3% 
Leasehold improvements  

25.0% 

Over the period of the lease term  

Straight line

 Reducing balance
 Straight line

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting 
period.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount  
is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

1.10  Goodwill

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration 
given for a business over the Company’s interest in the fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities of the acquiree. Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate a potential impairment. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units, being the lowest level at which 
goodwill is monitored. The carrying value of the assets of the cash-generating unit, including goodwill, intangible 
and tangible assets and working capital balances, is compared to its recoverable amount, which is the higher of 
value-in-use and fair value less costs to sell. Any excess in carrying value over recoverable amount is recognised 
immediately as an impairment expense and is not subsequently reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an 
entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

1.11 

Intangible assets

Customer relationships

Customer relationships comprise principally of existing customer relationships which may give rise to future orders 
(customer relationships), and existing order books. They are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date, and 
subsequently measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Customer relationships are 
determined to have a useful life of ten years and are amortised on a straight-line basis.

Trade names and trademarks

Trade names and trademarks have either arisen on the consolidation of acquired businesses or have been 
separately purchased and are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. They are subsequently measured at 
cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Trade names and trademarks are determined to have a useful 
life of ten years and are amortised on a straight-line basis.

Software and software licences

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring into use 
the specific software. These costs are amortised using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the software 
licences over their useful lives of between two and five years. Subsequent licence renewals are expensed to profit or 
loss as incurred. Software licences are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

99

Internally generated intangible assets

Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software 
products are capitalised as part of internally generated software and include employee costs and professional fees 
attributable to the development of the asset. Other expenditure that does not meet these criteria is recognised  
as an expense to profit or loss as incurred. Software development costs recognised as assets are amortised on  
a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of between two and ten years.

Expenditure on internally generated brands and other intangible assets is expensed to profit or loss as incurred.

Other

Other intangible assets acquired by the Group have a finite useful life between five and ten years and are measured 
at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated losses.

Amortisation of intangible assets and impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss within administrative 
expenses.

Intangible assets are tested for impairment either as part of a goodwill-carrying cash-generating unit, or when 
events arise that indicate an impairment may be triggered. Provision is made against the carrying value of an 
intangible asset where an impairment is deemed to have occurred. Impairment losses on intangible assets are 
recognised in the income statement under administrative expenses.

1.12  Disposal of assets

The gain or loss arising on the disposal of an asset is determined as the difference between the disposal proceeds 
and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in the income statement at the time of disposal.

1.13  Leases

The Group leases office property, motor vehicles and equipment. Rental contracts range from monthly to seven years.

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, 
a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for 
consideration. Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components, and consideration is allocated in the 
contract to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis at the lease commencement 
date. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the fixed payments less any lease incentives receivable, 
variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate, amounts expected to be payable by the Group under 
residual value guarantees, the exercise price of any purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise 
that option, and payments of penalties for terminating the lease if that option is expected to be taken.

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of 
the liability.

Lease payments are discounted at either the interest rate implicit in the lease or when this interest rate cannot  
be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate associated with a similar asset. When calculating 
lease liabilities, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate, being the rate it would have to pay to borrow the 
funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic climate with similar terms, security and 
conditions. This is estimated using publicly available data adjusted for changes specific to the lease in financing 
conditions, lease term, country and currency.

The Group does not have leases with variable lease payments based on an index or rate.

Extension or termination options are included in a number of the Group’s leases. In determining the lease term,  
the Group considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise, or not to exercise,  
an option. Extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended. 
The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not to 
exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in 
circumstances occurs that is within the control of the Group.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over 
the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for 
each period.

100 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

1  The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies continued
1.13  Leases continued

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

•  the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability,

•  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received,

•  any initial direct costs, and

•  restoration costs.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease with depreciation expense 
recognised in the income statement.

Lease modifications are a change in scope of a lease that was not part of the original lease. Any change that is 
triggered by a clause already part of the original lease contract is a reassessment and not a modification. Changes 
to lease cash flows as part of a reassessment result in a remeasurement of the lease liability using an updated 
discount rate and a corresponding adjustment to the carrying value of the right-of-use asset.

A lease is deemed to be onerous where the costs required to fulfil the contract are higher than the economic 
benefit to be obtained from the contract. Where leases are deemed to be onerous, the carrying value of the 
right-of-use asset is reduced by way of an impairment charge recognised in the income statement.

Advantage has been taken of the practical expedients for exemptions provided for leases with less than 12 months 
to run, for leases of low value, to account for leases with similar characteristics as a portfolio with a single discount 
rate and to present existing onerous lease provisions against the carrying value of right-of-use assets. Payments 
associated with short-term leases and leases of low value are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in 
profit or loss.

1.14  Taxation

The tax expense for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except 
to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the 
tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of 
financial position date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. 
Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax 
regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions, where appropriate, on the basis of amounts 
expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income taxes are calculated using the liability method on temporary differences. Deferred tax is generally 
provided on the difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. However, 
deferred tax is not provided on the initial recognition of goodwill, nor on the initial recognition of an asset or liability 
unless the related transaction is a business combination or affects tax or accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are provided in full, with no discounting. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that 
it is probable that the underlying deductible temporary differences will be able to be offset against future taxable 
income. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated at tax rates that are expected to apply to their 
respective period of realisation, provided they are enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date.

Deferred tax on temporary differences associated with shares in subsidiaries is not provided for if these temporary 
differences can be controlled by the Group and it is probable that reversal will not occur in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to the offset and there is 
an intention to settle balances on a net basis.

Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised as a component of tax expense in the income statement, 
except where they relate to items that are charged or credited directly to equity (such as share-based payments) in 
which case the related deferred tax is also charged or credited directly to equity.

1.15  Pension costs

The Group operates a number of country-specific defined contribution plans for its employees. A defined contribution 
plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. Once the contributions 
have been paid the Group has no further payment obligations. The contributions are recognised as an expense when 
they are due. Amounts not paid are shown in other creditors in the consolidated statement of financial position.  
The assets of the plan are held separately from the Group in independently administered funds.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

101

1.16  Share-based payments

All share-based remuneration is ultimately recognised as an expense in the income statement with a corresponding 
credit to the share-based payment reserve. All goods and services received in exchange for the grant of any 
share-based remuneration are measured at their fair values. Fair values of employee services are indirectly 
determined by reference to the fair value of the share options awarded. Their value is appraised at the grant date 
and excludes the impact of non-market vesting conditions (for example, profitability and sales growth targets).

If vesting periods or other non-market vesting conditions apply, the expense is allocated over the vesting period, 
based on the best available estimate of the number of share options expected to vest. Estimates are subsequently 
revised if there is any indication that the number of share options expected to vest differs from previous estimates. 
Any cumulative adjustment prior to vesting is recognised in the current period. No adjustment is made to any 
expense recognised in prior periods if share options ultimately exercised are different to that estimated on vesting. 
Upon exercise of share options, proceeds received net of attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital 
and share premium.

The Company is the granting and settling entity in the Group share-based payment arrangement where share 
options are granted to employees of its subsidiary companies. The Company recognises the share-based payment 
expense as an increase in the investment in subsidiary undertakings.

The Group operates two long-term incentive share option plans. The Zero Priced Share Option Bonus covers all 
share options issued with an exercise price of £0.01; the Long-Term Incentive Plan Options have an exercise price 
above £0.01. Grants under both categories have been made as part of a CSOP scheme, depending on the terms  
of specific grants.

The Group also operates a Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’), the Gattaca plc Share Incentive Plan (‘The Plan’), which is 
approved by HMRC. The Plan is held by Gattaca plc UK Employee Benefit Trust (‘the EBT’), the purpose of which  
is to enable employees to purchase company shares out of pre-tax salary. For each share purchased the Group 
grants an additional share at no cost to the employee. The expense in relation to these ‘free’ shares is recorded as 
employee remuneration and measured at fair value of the shares issued as at the date of grant. The assets and 
liabilities of the EBT are included in the Gattaca plc consolidated statement of financial position.

1.17  Financial instruments

Financial assets

IFRS 9 contains a classification and measurement approach for financial assets that reflects the business model  
in which assets are managed and their cash flow characteristics. Under IFRS 9, all financial assets are measured  
at either amortised cost, fair value through profit and loss (‘FVTPL’) or fair value through other comprehensive 
income (‘FVOCI’).

Financial assets: debt instruments

The Group classifies its debt instruments in the following measurement categories depending on the Group’s 
business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset:

(i)  those to be measured subsequently at fair value through other comprehensive income (OCI): Assets that are 

held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows 
represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount 
are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue and foreign 
exchange gains and losses which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the 
cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised 
in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the 
effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and 
impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the income statement.

(ii)  those to be measured subsequently at FVTPL: assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or  

FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVTPL  
is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the year in which it arises.

(iii) those to be measured subsequently at amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash 
flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised 
cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate 
method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other 
gains/(losses), together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as a separate 
line item in the income statement.

102 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

1  The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies continued
1.17  Financial instruments continued

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets 
changes.

Financial assets: equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group’s management has  
elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification 
of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such 
investments continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when the Group’s right to receive payments 
is established.

Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported 
separately from other changes in fair value.

Impairment of financial assets

IFRS 9 requires the application of the Expected Credit Loss (‘ECL’) model. This applies to all financial assets 
measured at amortised cost or FVOCI, except equity investments.

The Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments 
carried at amortised cost and FVOCI.

The Group has reviewed each category of its financial assets to assess the level of credit risk and ECL provision  
to apply:

•  Trade receivables: the Group has chosen to take advantage of the practical expedient in IFRS 9 when assessing 
default rates over its portfolio of trade receivables, to estimate the ECL based on historical default rates specific 
to groups of customers by industry and geography that carry similar credit risks. Separate ECL’s have been 
modelled for UK customers in different industries, and customers in the Americas, Europe, Asia and Africa.

•  Accrued income is in respect of temporary placements where a client-approved timesheet has been received or 
permanent placements where a candidate has commenced employment, but no invoice has been raised. Default 
rates have been determined applying consistent method with trade receivables other than 100% provision for any 
unbilled amounts over 6 months.

•  Cash and cash equivalents are held with established financial institutions. The Group has determined that based 

on the external credit ratings of counterparties, this financial asset has a very low credit risk and that the 
estimated expected credit loss provision is not material.

At each reporting date, the ECL provision will be reviewed to reflect changes in credit risk and historical default 
rates and other economic factors. Changes in the ECL provision are recognised in profit or loss.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are obligations to pay cash or other financial assets and are recognised when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument and comprise trade and other payables and bank 
loans. Financial liabilities are recorded initially at fair value, net of direct issue costs and are subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

A financial liability is derecognised only when the obligation is extinguished, that is, when the obligation is discharged, 
cancelled or expires.

Non-recourse receivables factoring is not recognised as a financial liability as there is no contractual obligation to 
deliver cash; subsequently, the receivables are derecognised and any difference between the receivable value and 
amount received through non-recourse factoring is recognised as a finance cost.

1.18  Cash and cash equivalents

In the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with 
banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and bank overdrafts. 
In the statement of financial position and cash flow statement, bank overdrafts are netted against cash and cash 
equivalents where the offsetting criteria are met.

Cash in transit inbound from, or outbound to, a third party is recognised when the transaction is no longer reversible 
by the party making the payment. This is determined to be in respect of all electronic payments and receipt 
transactions that commence before or on the reporting date and complete within one business day after the 
reporting date.

Restricted cash and cash equivalent balances are those which meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents but 
are not available for wider use by the Group. These balances arise from the Group’s non-recourse working capital 
arrangements.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

103

1.19  Provisions

Provisions are recognised where the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events; 
where probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount can be reliably 
estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

1.20  Dividends

Dividend distributions payable to equity shareholders are included in ‘other short-term financial liabilities’ when the 
dividends are approved in general meeting prior to the financial position date.

1.21  Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial 
statements are presented in ‘currency’ (GBP), which is the Group’s presentation currency.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the statement of financial 
position date. Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the 
exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign 
currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Income and 
expenses are translated at the actual rate.

Any exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates 
different from those at which they were initially recorded are recognised in the income statement in the year in 
which they arise.

The assets and liabilities in the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange 
ruling at the statement of financial position date.

The individual financial statements of each group company are presented in its functional currency. On consolidation, 
the assets and liabilities of overseas subsidiaries, including any related goodwill, are translated to sterling at the rate 
of exchange at the balance sheet date. The results and cash flows of overseas subsidiaries are translated to sterling 
using the average rates of exchange during the period. Exchange adjustments arising from the retranslation of the 
opening net investment and the results for the period to the period end rate are accounted for in the translation 
reserve in the statement of Comprehensive Income. On divestment, these exchange differences are reclassified 
from the translation reserve to the income statement.

1.22  Equity

Equity comprises the following:

•  ‘Share capital’ represents the nominal value of equity shares.

•  ‘Share premium’ represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value of consideration received for equity 

shares, net of expenses of the share issue.

•  ‘Merger reserve’ represents the equity balance arising on the merger of Matchtech Engineering and Matchmaker 

Personnel and to record the excess fair value above the nominal value of the share consideration on the 
acquisition of Networkers International plc.

•  ‘Share-based payment reserve’ represents equity-settled share-based employee remuneration until such share 

options are exercised or lapsed.

•  ‘Translation reserve’ represents the foreign currency differences arising on translating foreign operations into the 

presentational currency of the Group.

•  ‘Treasury shares reserve’ represents company shares purchased directly by the Group to satisfy obligations 

under the employee share plan.

•  ‘Retained earnings’ represents retained profits.

104 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

1  The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies continued
1.23  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, the directors are required to make judgments (other than 
those involving estimations) that have a significant impact on the amounts recognised and to make estimates and 
assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors, including 
anticipated future events and market conditions, that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year, or in the year of the revision 
and future years if the revision affects both current and future years.

Critical accounting judgements

The directors are of the opinion there are no critical accounting judgements.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the statement of 
financial position date that carry a risk of causing a material adjustment within the next 12 months are discussed below:

ECL provisions in respect of trade receivables and accrued income

The Group’s policy for default risk over receivables is based on the ongoing evaluation of the credit risk of its trade 
receivables and accrued income. Estimation is used in assessing the ultimate realisation of these receivables and 
accrued income, including reviewing the potential likelihood of default, the past collection history of each customer, 
any insurance coverage in place and the current economic conditions. As a result, expected credit loss provisions for 
impairment of trade receivables and accrued income have been recognised, as discussed in Note 17. The ongoing 
impact of COVID-19 has been incorporated into these estimates.

The Group’s policy on specifically providing for doubtful debts reflects a key customer going into administration  
post year end. Management have made a judgement as to the trigger point for specifically providing for balances, 
which includes where there is a reasonable possibility that the company may go in to administration, based on 
publicly available information. In the case of the customer in question, the judgement is that the balances were credit 
impaired as at 31 July 2021. This judgement will impact the treatment of revenue and receipts in subsequent periods.

Valuation of goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill and intangible assets (including acquired intangibles) are tested for impairment on an annual basis or 
otherwise when changes in events or situations indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. This 
requires an estimate to be made of the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the assets are 
allocated, including forecasting future cash flows of each cash-generating unit and forming assumptions over the 
discount rate and long-term growth rate applied. The impact of COVID-19 has been reflected in the forecast future 
cash flows. Further details on the sensitivity of the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets to changes in 
the key assumptions are set out in Note 13.

1.24  Restatement of provisions presentation between current and non-current liabilities

In July 2020, the Group publicly announced plans for a significant restructuring of its UK employee base and 
restructuring provisions of £971,000 were recognised based on the directors’ best estimate of the forecast direct 
costs arising from the restructuring. In the financial statements for the year ended 31 July 2020, the £971,000 was 
incorrectly classified as non-current liabilities. The UK restructure was completed in October 2020, we have therefore 
concluded that it is appropriate to change the presentation of the £971,000 provision from non-current to current 
liabilities for the year ended 31 July 2020. 

The restatement has decreased the total non-current liabilities from £15,885,000 as reported to £14,914,000  
as restated and increased total current liabilities from £49,753,000 as reported to £50,724,000 as restated.

The restatement has no impact on Group’s consolidation results for the year ended 31 July 2020, total net assets  
or cash flow statements as at 31 July 2020, or the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 July 2019.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

105

2  Segmental Information
An operating segment, as defined by IFRS 8 ‘Operating segments’, is a component of the Group that engages in 
business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses. The Group is managed through its three 
reporting segments: UK Engineering, UK Technology and International, which form the operating segments on 
which the information below is prepared. The Group determines and presents operating segments based on the 
information that is provided internally to the chief operating decision maker, which has been identified as the board 
of directors of Gattaca plc.

2021 

All amounts in £’000

Revenue

Gross profit

UK 
Engineering

UK 
Technology

International

Continuing 
underlying 
operations

Non-underlying 
items1

Discontinued 
operations

Group 
total

269,993

135,526

 10,207 

415,726

 28,398 

 10,212 

 3,470 

 42,080 

–

–

–

 3,432  419,158

 1,047 

 43,127 

 (213)

 23,521 

Operating contribution

 17,324 

 5,163 

 1,247 

 23,734 

Depreciation, impairment 
and amortisation

Central overheads

Profit/(loss) from operations

Finance cost, net

Profit/(loss) before 
taxation

2020 Restated2 

All amounts in £’000

Revenue

Gross profit

Operating contribution

Depreciation, impairment 
and amortisation

 (1,424)

 (781)

 (262)

 (2,467)

 (548)

 (244)

 (3,259)

 (11,911)

 3,989 

 (3,812)

 (1,905)

 (17,628)

 570 

 (920)

 3,639 

 (412)

 193 

 (355)

 (668)

 (693)

 (18,128)

 (1,150)

 2,134 

 (73)

 (1,153)

 3,227 

 (1,023)

 (1,223)

 981 

UK 
Engineering

UK 
Technology

International

Continuing 
underlying 
operations

Non-underlying 
items1

Discontinued 
operations

Group 
total

 347,173 

 173,648 

 13,888 

 534,709 

 34,177 

 20,913 

 13,602 

 7,061 

 4,977 

 52,756 

 1,319 

 29,293 

–

–

–

 4,281   538,990 

 1,911 

 54,667 

 (759)

 28,534 

 (1,816)

 (873)

 (399)

 (3,088)

 (1,382)

 (168)

 (4,638)

Central overheads

 (13,065)

 (4,773)

 (2,199)

 (20,037)

 (1,248)

 (1,949)  (23,234)

Profit/(loss) from operations

 6,032 

 1,415 

 (1,279)

 6,168 

 (2,630)

 (2,876)

 662 

Finance (cost)/income, net

Profit/(loss) before taxation

 (1,389)

 (832)

 376 

 (1,845)

 4,779 

 (3,462)

 (2,500)

 (1,183)

A segmental analysis of total assets has not been included as this information is not used by the board; the majority 
of assets are centrally held and are not allocated across the reportable segments.

Geographical information

All amounts in £’000

UK

Rest of Europe

Middle East and Africa

Americas

Asia Pacific

Total

Total Group revenue

Non-current assets

2021

2020

2021

2020

402,254

 515,869 

 20,204 

 21,051 

 2,316 

 1,685 

 12,903 

 – 

 3,469 

 1,786 

 17,534 

 332 

 – 

 551 

 275 

 – 

 1 

 286 

 388 

 – 

419,158

 538,990 

 21,030 

 21,726 

Revenue and non-current assets are allocated to the geographical market based on the domicile of the respective 
subsidiary.

1  Non-underlying items includes non-underlying income and expenses, amortisation and impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles, impairment of 

right-of-use assets and net foreign exchange gains or losses.

2   From the 1 August 2020, a reorganisation of the internal composition of the Group moved the reporting of the Engineering Technology division from UK 

Engineering to UK Technology. As required under IFRS 8, segmental disclosures for the year ended 31 July 2020 have been restated accordingly. In addition, 
2020 International figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

 
106 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

3  Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Revenue from contracts with customers is disaggregated by major service line and operating segment, as well as 
timing of revenue recognition as follows:

Major service lines – continuing underlying operations

UK Engineering

UK Technology

International

Total

2021
£’000

Restated1 
2020
£’000

2021
£’000

Restated1
2020
£’000

2021
£’000

Restated1 
2020
£’000

2021
£’000

Restated1 
2020
£’000

Temporary placements

260,642  339,004 

133,527

 171,150 

 7,976 

 10,771 

 402,145 

 520,925 

Permanent placements

 6,579 

 7,886 

 2,004 

 2,502 

 2,231 

 3,117 

 10,814 

 13,505 

Other

Total

 2,772 

 283 

 (5)

 (4)

– 

– 

 2,767 

 279 

269,993

 347,173 

135,526

 173,648 

 10,207 

 13,888 

 415,726 

 534,709 

Timing of revenue recognition – continuing underlying operations

Point in time

Over time

Total

UK Engineering

UK Technology

International

Total

2021
£’000

Restated1 
2020
£’000

2021
£’000

Restated1
2020
£’000

2021
£’000

Restated1 
2020
£’000

2021
£’000

Restated1 
2020
£’000

267,495  346,890 

135,526

 173,648 

 10,207 

 13,888 

 413,228 

 534,426 

 2,498 

 283 

–

–

– 

– 

 2,498 

 283 

269,993

 347,173 

135,526

 173,648 

 10,207 

 13,888 

 415,726 

 534,709 

No single customer contributed more than 10% of the Group’s revenue (2020: none). Revenue is wholly recognised 
in relation to performance obligations satisfied in the period.

The Group has determined that its contract assets from contracts with customers are trade receivables, accrued 
income, and its contract liabilities are deferred income, which are set out below:

Trade receivables (Note 17)

Accrued income (Note 17)

Deferred income (Note 19)

31 July 2021
£’000

31 July 2020
£’000

34,187

26,742

27,703

15,900

(880)

(1,090)

Accrued income relates to the Group’s right to consideration for temporary and permanent placements made but not 
billed by the year end. These transfer to trade receivables once billing occurs. All accrued income at a given reporting 
date is billed within the following financial year and is classified in current assets. A provision has been recognised 
against 100% of the value of unbilled accrued income over 6 months old. Deferred income at a given reporting date  
is recognised as revenue in the following financial year once performance obligations are satisfied and is classified in 
current liabilities.

1   From the 1 August 2020, a reorganisation of the internal composition of the Group moved the reporting of the Engineering Technology division from UK 

Engineering to UK Technology. As required under IFRS 8, segmental disclosures for the year ended 31 July 2020 have been restated accordingly. In addition, 
2020 International figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

4  Profit/(Loss) from Total Operations

Profit/(loss) from total operations is stated after charging/(crediting):

Depreciation of plant, property and equipment (Note 14)

Depreciation of right-of-use leased assets (Note 22)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles (Note 13)

Amortisation of software & software licences (Note 13)

Impairment of plant, property and equipment (Note 14)

Impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles (Note 13)

Impairment of right-of-use leased assets (Note 22)

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Operating lease costs:

– Plant and machinery

– Land and buildings

Non-recourse working capital facility bank charges

Share-based payment charges

The aggregate auditors’ remuneration was as follows:

Fees payable for the audit of the parent company financial statements

Fees payable for the audit of the subsidiary company financial statements

Total auditors’ remuneration

Non-audit services:

– Taxation

– Other services pursuant to legislation

Total non-audit services

Non-underlying items included within administrative expenses were as follows:

Continuing operations

Restructuring costs1

Gain on sale of investment2

Onerous lease payments3

Non-underlying items included in profit from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Advisory fees4

Costs relating to discontinuation of group undertakings5

Non-underlying items included in loss from discontinued operations

Total non-underlying items

2021
£’000

213

1,875

548

422

18

–

183

8

14

–

287

271

2021
£’000

10

344

354

–

–

–

2021
£’000

(284)

–

91

(193)

2021
£’000

29

664

693

500

107

2020
£’000

943

2,041

616

272

–

334

432

52

47

192

241

77

2020
£’000

10

294

304

–

–

–

2020
£’000

1,552

(304)

–

1,248

2020
£’000

1,395

554

1,949

3,197

1  A gain of £284,000 (2020: cost of £1,552,000) was recognised in 2021 as a result of releasing unutilised provisions for employee related expenses and 

2 

professional fees.
In November 2019, the Group concluded the sale of its 10% minority interest investment in Concilium Search Limited for consideration in cash of £304,000. 
The investment carrying value was £nil, so a profit on sale of investments of £304,000 was recognised, and presented as non-underlying due to its material 
value and nature not arising from trading activities.

3  Lease expenses of £91,000 were incurred in 2021 in respect of a UK office building no longer in use by the business.
4  Legal fees incurred in 2021 and 2020 in relation to the Group’s co-operation with certain voluntary enquiries from the US Department of Justice.
5  Ongoing costs relating to the preparation of entities affected by the closure of the contract Telecoms Infrastructure business and operations in China for 
liquidation, including professional fees and impairment of certain working capital balances. In addition for 2021, the closure costs also includes Group’s 
operations in Mexico, including staff termination costs and impairment of certain working capital balances.

108 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

5  Particulars of Employees
The monthly average number of staff employed by the Group, including executive directors, during the financial 
year amounted to:

Total operations

Sales

Administration

Directors

Total

2021
 No.

345

131

7

483

2020 
No.

482

176

7

665

UK employees are directly contracted with the ultimate parent company Gattaca plc and staff costs are paid by the 
Matchtech Group (UK) Limited then recharged to fellow UK subsidiaries. 

The aggregate payroll costs of the above were:

Total operations

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments

Total

2021 
£’000

24,269

2,830

791

271

2020
£’000

27,918

3,394

806

77

28,161

32,195

Amounts due to defined contribution pension providers at 31 July 2021 were £138,000 (2020: £117,000).

Disclosure of the remuneration of the statutory directors is further detailed in the audited part of the Remuneration 
Report on pages 73 to 80. Disclosure of the remuneration of Group’s key management personnel, as required by 
IAS 24, is detailed below:

Total operations

Short-term employee benefits

Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes

Share-based payments

Total

6  Finance Income

Continuing operations

Interest income

Total

7  Finance Costs

Continuing operations

Bank interest expense

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Amortisation of capitalised finance costs

Net losses on foreign currency translation

Total

2021 
£’000

 1,738 

123

106

2020
£’000

1,687

119

(62)

 1,967 

1,744

2021 
£’000

56

56

2021 
£’000

124

148

196

668

1,136

Restated1 
2020
£’000

24

24

Restated1 
2020
£’000

1,059

203

151

832

2,245

1 

2020 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

109

8  Government Grants 
Grant income recognised from government grants recognised in cost of sales and administrative expenses are  
as follows:

Continuing operations

UK Government Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme grant income recognised  
in cost of sales for temporary workers

UK Government Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme grant income recognised  
in administrative expenses for employees

Total

2021 
£’000

43

458

501

2020
£’000

2,335

1,471

3,806

As a response to the COVID-19 global pandemic, the Group made use of the UK Government’s Coronavirus Job 
Retention Scheme (2021: claim period is from August 2020 to October 2020, 2020: claim period is from April  
2020 to July 2020). Under this scheme, Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (HMRC) provided UK companies with a 
non-refundable grant equivalent to a portion of wages, National Insurance contributions and pension contributions 
for employees and temporary workers who were retained in employment but placed on furlough. From 1 August 2021 
National Insurance contributions and pension contributions were no longer eligible for claims. When considering 
temporary workers, the contractors employed by Gattaca’s clients that Gattaca provides payroll services to and 
whose costs are recognised as cost of sales by Gattaca, were also considered eligible.

As the scheme was conditional upon the Group retaining its employees in employment, or the temporary contract 
workers being retained by their employers, whilst they are furloughed during the COVID-19 pandemic, it was 
designed to compensate companies for staff or temporary worker costs incurred. As all claims submitted for the 
period have been received, the Group considers the scheme meets the definition of a government grant as set out 
in IAS 20 and has accounted for it as such. For grants received for Gattaca’s employees on furlough, the Group  
has presented the grant income as a deduction to staff costs presented in administrative expenses in the income 
statement; for grants received for temporary contract workers of Gattaca’s clients on furlough, the Group has 
presented the grant income as a deduction to cost of sales.

9  Parent Company Loss 

The amount of loss generated by the parent company was:

10  Taxation

Analysis of charge in the year

Current tax:

UK corporation tax

Deferred tax (Note 16):

Overseas corporation tax

Adjustments in respect of prior 
years

Origination and reversal of 
temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of prior 
years

Changes in tax rate

Income tax charge/(credit) for the year

UK corporation tax has been charged at 19% (2020: 19%).

2021 
£’000

(866)

2020
£’000

(1,111)

Continuing

Discontinued

Continuing

Discontinued

2021
£’000

748

(134)

(511)

103

(58)

290

80

312

415

2021
£’000

(48)

40

–

(8)

(5)

(2)

–

(7)

(15)

Restated1
2020
£’000

Restated1
2020
£’000

790

92

(260)

622

(143)

111

–

(32)

590

(269)

124

143

(2)

11

(1)

–

10

8

1 

2020 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

110 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

10  Taxation continued
The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit/(loss) as per the income statement as follows:

Profit/(loss) before tax

Profit/(loss) before tax multiplied by the standard rate of 
corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2020: 19%)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes and goodwill 
impairment loss

Effect of share-based payments

Irrecoverable withholding tax

Overseas losses not recognised as deferred tax assets

Difference between UK and overseas tax rates

Adjustment to tax charge in respect of previous years

Changes in tax rates

Total taxation charge/(credit) for the year

Tax (credit)/charge recognised in equity: 

Deferred tax (credit)/charge recognised directly in equity

Total tax (credit)/charge recognised directly in equity

Continuing

Discontinued

Continuing

Discontinued

2021
£’000

2,204

2021
£’000

(1,223)

Restated1
2020
£’000

Restated1
2020
£’000

1,317

(2,500)

419

(232)

250

(475)

139

(19)

56

46

(85)

(221)

80

415

172

–

–

163

(116)

(2)

–

(15)

21

70

38

513

(153)

(149)

–

590

2021 
£’000

(65)

(65)

2021 
£’000

415

43

(37)

85

506

11

–

4

387

(61)

142

–

8

2020
£’000

16

16

Restated1 
2020
£’000

590

143

280

(18)

995

Reconciliation of statutory continuing tax charge to continuing underlying tax charge: 

Income tax expense

Impairment and amortisation of acquired intangibles

Non-underlying items

Foreign currency exchange differences

Underlying income tax expense

Future tax rate changes

The main UK corporation tax rate of 19% will increase to 25% from 1 April 2023 and this has been reflected in the 
consolidated financial statements.

As these changes of rates have been enacted at the balance sheet date, the impact of this increase has been 
reflected in the deferred tax liability at 31 July 2021.

 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

111

11 Discontinued Operations
2021

On 30 July 2021, the Group announced the decision to close its Mexico operations entirely. In addition, the Group 
also announced a management buy-out agreement of the South African recruitment operations which is expected 
to complete within one year of 31 July 2021. The Fulfilment, Solutions and Group Support functions of the South 
African recruitment operations will be retained and transferred to a new South African entity. As a result, the Group 
has reclassified its entire Mexican operations and South African recruitment operations as discontinued in the 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 July 2021.

2020

On 9 March 2020, the Group commenced communications with the management and employees of its Chinese 
subsidiary, announcing its intention to cease its remaining operations in China, having previously ceased all Telecoms 
Infrastructure business undertaken by China already in 2019. As at 31 July 2020, all operations and staff had been 
terminated and the Group continued to work with in-country advisors to commence company closure proceedings.  
As this resulted in the Group’s withdrawal from all operations in China, the Group classified its Chinese operations as 
discontinued in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 July 2020.

Financial performance and cash flow information

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses2

Loss from operations

Finance income

Finance costs

Income from fixed asset investments

Loss before taxation

Taxation

Loss for the year after taxation from discontinued operations

Exchange differences on translation of discontinued operations

Other comprehensive loss from discontinued operations

2021
£’000

3,432

(2,385)

1,047

(2,197)

(1,150)

39

(112)

–

Restated1 
2020
£’000

4,281

(2,370)

1,911

(4,787)

(2,876)

383

(84)

77

(1,223)

(2,500)

15

(8)

(1,208)

(2,508)

48

(1,160)

(871)

(3,379)

The following assets and liabilities were reclassified as held for sale in relation to the discontinued South African 
recruitment operations as at 31 July 2021:   

Assets classified as held for sale

Software licences

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets of disposal group held for sale

2021
£’000

1

7

29

19

9

171

110

346

2020
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1 
2 

2020 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained above. 
Included in administrative expenses are £693,000 (2020: £1,949,000) of non-underlying items, as detailed in Note 4. In addition, it includes net impairment 
costs on trade receivables from discontinued operations of £80,000 (2020 restated: release of £4,000).

112 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

11 Discontinued Operations continued

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale

Net cash outflow from operating activities

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Effects of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

Net decrease in cash generated by discontinued operations

2021 
£’000

(136)

(46)

(27)

(14)

(223)

2021  

£’000

2020 
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

Restated1 
2020 
£’000

(1,348)

(2,160)

(32)

(139)

(15)

1

(134)

(766)

(1,534)

(3,059)

12  Earnings per Share
Earnings per share (EPS) has been calculated by dividing the consolidated profit or loss after taxation attributable 
to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

Diluted earnings per share has been calculated on the same basis as above, except that the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares that would be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares 
(arising from the Group’s share option schemes) into ordinary shares has been added to the denominator. Share 
options (Note 23) are treated as dilutive when, at the reporting date, they would be issuable had the performance 
year ended at that date.

The Group has dilutive potential ordinary shares, being the LTIP and Zero-priced share options (Note 23). The number 
of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average annual market share price of the 
Company’s shares) is calculated based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to the outstanding 
share options.

The effect of potential ordinary shares are reflected in diluted EPS only when they are dilutive. Potential ordinary shares 
are considered dilutive when their inclusion in the calculation would decrease EPS, or increase the loss per share from 
continuing operations in accordance with IAS 33. This is regardless of whether the potential ordinary shares are dilutive 
for EPS from total operations. The effect of potential ordinary shares are considered to be dilutive for year ended 
31 July 2021 and 31 July 2020 and therefore have been included in the calculation below. The diluted loss per share is 
lower than basic loss per share because of the effect of losses from discontinued operations.

There are no changes to the profit numerator as a result of the dilution calculation.

1 

2020 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

113

2020 
£’000

(1,781)

2020 
£’000

2021 
£’000

581

2021 
£’000

32,290

32,285

68

68

32,358

32,353

2021 
pence

1.8

1.8

2021 
£’000

1,789

2021 
pence

5.5

5.5

2021 
£’000

2020 
pence

(5.5)

(5.5)

Restated1 
2020 
£’000

727

Restated1 
2020 
pence

2.3

2.2

Restated1 
2020 
£’000

(1,208)

(2,508)

2021 
pence

(3.7)

(3.7)

2021 
£’000

2,721

2021 
pence

8.4

8.4

Restated1 
2020 
pence

(7.8)

(7.8)

Restated1 
2020 
£’000

3,784

Restated1 
2020 
pence

11.7

11.7

Total profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders

Number of shares

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

Diluted weighted average number of shares

Total earnings per share

Earnings per ordinary share

Earnings from continuing operations

Total profit for the year

Total earnings per share for continuing operations

Earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations

Earnings from discontinuing operations

Total loss for the year

Total earnings per share for discontinuing operations

Earnings per ordinary share from discontinuing operations

Earnings from continuing underlying operations

Total profit for the year

Basic

Diluted

Basic

Diluted

Basic

Diluted

Total earnings per share for continuing underlying operations

Earnings per ordinary share from continuing underlying 
operations

Basic

Diluted

1 

2020 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

114 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

13  Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Group

Cost

Amortisation  
and impairment

At 1 August 2019

Additions

At 31 July 2020

Additions

Reclassification to assets  
held for sale

Goodwill 
£’000

Customer 
relationships 
£’000

Trade 
names 
£’000

Other 
£’000

Software 
and 
software 
licences 
£’000

Total 
£’000

28,739

22,245

5,346

3,809

6,225

66,364

–

–

–

–

2,348

2,348

28,739

22,245

5,346

3,809

8,573

68,712

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,872

1,872

(2)

(2)

At 31 July 2021

28,739

22,245

5,346

3,809

10,443

70,582

At 1 August 2019

24,382

19,924

4,951

3,289

2,067

54,613

Amortisation for the year

Impairment

At 31 July 2020

Amortisation for the year

Impairment

Reclassification to assets  
held for sale

–

–

325

281

53

53

238

–

272

–

888

334

24,382

20,530

5,057

3,527

2,339

55,835

–

–

–

332

–

–

45

–

–

171

422

970

–

–

–

(1)

–

(1)

At 31 July 2021

24,382

20,862

5,102

3,698

2,760

56,804

Net book value At 31 July 2020

At 31 July 2021

4,357

4,357

1,715

1,383

289

244

282

111

6,234

12,877

7,683

13,778

Other intangibles comprises candidate databases and non-compete agreements.

Included in software and software licenses was a cost of £7,684,000 (2020: £5,819,000) and a net book value of 
£7,447,000 (2020: £5,819,000) relating to internally generated intangible assets. 

The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to Cash Generating Unit’s (CGU’s) is as follows: 

UK Engineering

Resourcing Solutions Limited

Total

Impairment testing

2021 
£’000

1,712

2,645

4,357

2020 
£’000

1,712

2,645

4,357

Goodwill and intangible assets are reviewed and tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently to 
determine if there is an indication of impairment.

If any indication of impairment exists, then the goodwill CGU or individual asset’s recoverable amount is calculated. 
The recoverable amounts of the CGU’s are determined from value-in-use calculations.

The key assumptions and estimates used when calculating a CGU’s value-in-use, are as follows:

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from operations are based on the Group’s 2022 budget as approved by the Group’s board of directors 
plus four years of forecasts at a CGU level updated for any key changes, which are prepared using expectations of 
revenue and operating cost growth over the next five years. The Group prepares cash flow forecasts adjusted for 
allocations of group overhead costs, and extrapolates cash flows into perpetuity based on long-term growth rates. 
The impact of COVID-19 has been incorporated into these forecasts, based on the time expected for trading to 
return to pre-pandemic levels.

 
 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

115

Discount rates

The pre-tax rates used to discount the forecast cash flows were a range from 15.0% to 16.0% (2020: 13.9% to 14.9%) 
reflecting the Group’s weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for specific risks associated with the asset’s 
estimated cash flows. The discount rate is based on the weighted average cost of capital (WACC). The risk-free 
rate, based on government bond rates, is adjusted for equity and industry risk premiums, reflecting the increased 
risk compared to an investor who is investing the market as a whole. Net present values are calculated using pre-tax 
discount rates derived from the Group’s post-tax WACC of 12.5% (2020: 11.7%) for CGUs assessed.

Growth rates

The medium-term growth rates are based on management forecasts, reflecting past experience and economic 
environment. Long-term growth rates are based on external sources of an average estimated growth rate of 2.0% 
(2020: 2.0%), using a weighted average of operating country real growth expectations.

As a result of these forecasts, no impairment losses (2020: £334,000) have been recorded in respect of goodwill 
and acquired intangible assets within any CGUs (2020 impairment loss in UK Technology CGU) as follows:

UK Technology

Total

Goodwill
2021
£’000

–

–

Intangible 
assets
2021
£’000

–

–

Total
2021
£’000

–

–

Goodwill
2020
£’000

–

–

Intangible 
assets
2020
£’000

334

334

Total
2020
£’000

334

334

Goodwill and acquired intangibles within the UK Technology, UK Engineering and International CGU’s relate to  
the Networkers acquisition. At 31 July 2021, the recoverable amount of the UK Engineering CGU was £6,027,000 
(2020: £5,075,000) and £13,995,000 (2020: £14,603,000) for the Resourcing Solutions Limited CGU. The UK 
Technology CGU was fully impaired in the prior year.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed to show the impact of reasonable or possible changes in key assumptions, 
in particular with reference to the economic uncertainty surrounding the impact of, and future recovery from, the 
COVID-19 pandemic. An increase in the discount rate by a factor of 0.2% to 12.7%, or a reduction in the long-term 
growth rate to 1.8%, would not trigger a material impairment for any of the CGU’s. A moderate reduction of 10%  
of management’s forecast growth projection for FY22 and FY23 respectively would not trigger an impairment of 
goodwill for either RSL or UK Engineering CGU’s.

Company

Cost

At 1 August 2019

Additions

At 31 July 2020

Additions

At 31 July 2021

Amortisation and impairment

At 1 August 2019

Amortisation for the year

Impairment

At 31 July 2020

Amortisation for the year

Impairment

At 31 July 2021

At 31 July 2020

At 31 July 2021

Net book value

Trade names 
£’000

–

20

20

–

20

–

4

–

4

3

–

7

16

13

116 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

14  Property, Plant and Equipment

Group

Cost

At 1 August 2019

Reclassification of dilapidation assets

Additions

Disposals

Effects of movements in exchange rates

At 31 July 2020

Additions

Disposals

Impairment

Accumulated 
depreciation

Reclassification to assets held for sale

At 31 July 2021

At 1 August 2019

Reclassification of dilapidation assets

Charge for the year

Released on disposal

At 31 July 2020

Charge for the year

Released on disposal

Impairment

Reclassification to assets held for sale

Net book value

At 31 July 2021

At 31 July 2020

At 31 July 2021

Motor vehicles 
£’000

Leasehold 
improvements 
£’000

Fixtures, 
fittings & 
equipment
£’000

4,632

–

90

(1)

–

4,721

332

–

(92)

(13)

Total 
£’000

9,383

(1,535)

191

(242)

(37)

7,760

332

(9)

(121)

(13)

4,730

(1,535)

101

(204)

(37)

3,055

–

(25)

(29)

–

3,001

4,948

 7,949 

1,897

(576)

564

(18)

1,867

58

(17)

(29)

–

1,879

1,188

1,122

4,177

–

374

(134)

4,417

155

–

(74)

(6)

4,492

304

456

21

–

–

(37)

–

(16)

–

16

–

–

–

17

–

5

(38)

(16)

–

16

–

–

–

–

–

Impairment during the year relates to the closure of the Mexican operations as disclosed in Note 11.

There were no capital commitments as at 31 July 2021 or 31 July 2020.

15  Investments in Subsidiary Undertakings 

Cost and carrying value:

Balance at 1 August

Purchase of investments

Capital contributions to subsidiaries/(reversal of capital 
contributions)

Reclassification to assets held for sale

Balance at 31 July

Group

Company

2021 
£’000

2020
 £’000

19

–

–

(19)

–

–

19

–

–

19

2021 
£’000

8,520

–

29,943

–

38,463

The movement in investments in group undertakings represents capitalisation of intercompany receivables due 
from Matchtech Group (Holdings) Limited in return for an issue of shares in Matchtech Group (Holdings) Limited as 
well as capital contributions made in Matchtech Group (UK) Limited relating to share-based payments. In the prior 
year, a reversal of the capital contribution was recorded as historical share-based payment charges were reversed 
due to vesting performance conditions not being met.

6,091

(576)

943

(190)

6,268

213

(1)

(103)

(6)

 6,371 

1,492

1,578

2020
 £’000

8,580

–

(60)

–

8,520

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

117

Kula Nathi Investments Proprietary Limited formed a partnership with Ingenious Equity Proprietary Limited in  
2018 to set up Sakha Sonke Private Equity Fund. Kula Nathi has control over the private equity fund in line with the 
criteria of IFRS 10 and therefore Sakha Sonke Private Equity Fund has been consolidated in the Group’s result until 
31 July 2021 before it was classified as held for sale. Following the announcement of the expected sales of the South 
African recruitment operations on 30 July 2021, both Kula Nathi Investments Proprietary Limited and Sakha Sonke 
Private Equity Fund will be sold as part of the deal. As such any assets or liabilities held in those two entities’ 
balance sheets have been reclassified as held for sale as at 31 July 2021.

During the 2020 financial year, Sakha Sonke Private Equity Fund invested a total of £19,000 in external minority 
investments in accordance with the partnership agreement between Kula Nathi Investments Proprietary Limited 
and Ingenious Equity Proprietary Limited. At 31 July 2021, this investment has been classified as an asset held for 
sale as part of the sale of the South African recruitment operations.

The subsidiary undertakings at the year end are as follows: 

Registered 
Office Note

Country of 
Incorporation

Share Class

% held 
2021

% held 
2020

Main Activities

Alderwood Education Ltd1

Application Services Limited1

Barclay Meade Ltd1

Cappo Group Limited1

Cappo International Limited1

Comms Software Limited2

Comms Resources Limited1

Connectus Technology Limited1

Elite Computer Staff Ltd. 2

Gattaca Recruitment Limited2

Gattaca Solutions Limited1

Matchtech Engineering Limited2

Matchtech Group (Holdings) Limited1

Matchtech Group (UK) Limited1

Matchtech Group Management Company Limited 2

Matchtech Limited2

MSB Consulting Services Limited2

Networkers International (UK) Limited1

Networkers International Limited1

Networkers International Trustees Limited2

Networkers Recruitment Services Limited2

Provanis Limited2

Resourcing Solutions Limited1

The Comms Group Limited1

Gattaca GmbH

MSB International GMBH

Gattaca BV

Cappo Inc.

Matchtech Engineering Inc.4

Networkers Inc.

Networkers International LLC

Networkers International (Canada) Inc.

Gattaca Mexico Services, S.A. de C.V

NWI Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Kithara Investments Proprietary Limited

Kula Nathi Investments Proprietary Limited

Networkers International Proprietary Limited

Networkers International South Africa  
Proprietary Limited

Networkers International (China) Co. Limited

Comms Resource Sdn Bhd

Networkers International (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd

NWKI Consultancy FZ LLC4

Cappo Qatar LLC3

Networkers Consultancy (Singapore) PTE. Limited

Gattaca Information Technology Services SLU

Gattaca Recruitment ETT, SLU

Networkers International (India) PTE

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

13

3

5

4

5

5

11

6

6

8

7

7

7

9

10

10

12

15

14

16

16

17

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Holding

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Non trading

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Non trading

Non trading

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

99.7%

99.7%

Holding

United Kingdom Ordinary

99.998% 99.998% Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

United Kingdom Ordinary

Germany

Germany

Netherlands

United States

United States

United States

United States

Canada

Mexico

Mexico

South Africa

South Africa

South Africa

South Africa

China

Malaysia

Malaysia

United Arab 
Emirates

Qatar

Singapore

Spain

Spain

India

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

0%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

0%

49%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

49%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Non trading

Non trading

Non trading

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Holding

Non trading

Non trading

Non trading

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Holding

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Non trading

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Non trading

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Non trading

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Holding

Holding

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Non trading

Non trading

Non trading

Non trading

Non trading

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Non trading

Non trading

1  For the year ended 31 July 2021, Gattaca plc has provided a legal guarantee dated 5 November 2021 under s479a–s479c of the Companies Act 2006 to these 

subsidiaries for audit exemption.

2  These dormant companies are exempt from preparing individual financial statements by virtue of s394A of Companies Act 2006.
3  Gattaca plc has 100% of the beneficial interest in these entities, and consolidates them as wholly owned subsidiaries in line with IFRS 10.
4  These companies were disposed of or liquidated in the year, with the shareholding remaining the same as per the year ended 31 July 2020 up to the date of 

disposal or liquidation.

118 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

15  Investments in Subsidiary Undertakings continued
All holdings by Gattaca plc are indirect except for Matchtech Group (Holdings) Limited, Gattaca GmbH and 
Matchtech Group Management Company Limited.

Networkers International (UK) Limited has a branch in Russia which is consolidated into the Group’s result.

The Group’s Share Incentive Plan (SIP) is held by Gattaca plc UK EBT. The Group has control over the EBT and 
therefore it has been consolidated in the Group’s results.

During the year, Gattaca plc set up a branch for a new Employee Benefit Trust (the EBT) and appointed Apex 
Financial Services Limited as the Trustee and the administrator to this new EBT. The Company and Group has 
control over the new EBT and therefore it has been consolidated in the Group and Company’s results.

1450 Parkway, Solent Business Park, Whiteley, Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 7AF, United Kingdom
c/o Grant Thornton, Jahnstrasse 6, 70597, Stuttgart, Germany

Registered office addresses
1
2
3 Herengracht 124–128, 1015 BT Amsterdam, Netherlands
4
5
6 Avenida Paseo de la Reforma No. 296 Piso 15 Oficina A, Colonia Juárez, Delegación Cuauhtémoc,  

33 SW Flager Avenue, Stuart, Florida, USA
6400 International Parkway, Suite 1510, Plano TX 75093, USA

Código Postal 06600. Ciudad de México, Mexico
201 Heritage House, 20 Dreyer Street, Claremont, 7735, South Africa
6th Floor, 119 Hertzog Boulevard, Foreshre, Cape Town, 8001, South Africa
B-2701, Di San Zhi Ye Building, No. A1 Shuguang Xili, Chao Yang District, Beijing, China

7
8
9
10 Level 8, Symphony House, Block D13, Pusat Dagangan Dana 1, Jalan PJU 1A/46, 47301 Petaling Jaya,  

Selangor, Malaysia
1 Richmond Street West, Suite 902, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 3W4, Canada

11
12 Office 3022, Shatha Tower, Dubai Media City, Dubai, United Arab Emirates
13 Franlinstr. 48, 60456, Frankfurt, Germany
14 371 Beach Road, #15-09 Keypoint, Singapore 199597
15 Suite #204, Office #40 Al Rawabi Street, Muntazah, Doha, State of Qatar. PO Box 8306
16 Calle General, Moscardo 6. Espaco Office, Madrid 28020, Spain
17 3rd Floor, 301 DLF City Court Sikandarpur, Gurgaon-122002 Harayana, India

16  Deferred Tax

Group

Share-based payments

Accelerated capital allowances

Acquired intangibles

Other temporary and deductible differences

Gross deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Asset
2021
£’000

146

–

–

174

320

Liability
2021
£’000

–

(466)

(369)

–

Net
2021
£’000

146

(466)

(369)

174

Credited/ 
(charged) 
to profit
2021
£’000

Credited to 
equity
2021
£’000

Foreign 
exchange
2021
£’000

Impact of 
transition 
to IFRS 16
2021
£’000

60

(360)

45

(50)

65

–

–

–

–

–

–

2

2

–

–

–

–

–

(835)

(515)

(305)

65

Amounts available for offset

(320)

320

Reclassification to assets held for sale

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

–

–

(9)

(524)

(524)

–

(9)

Net
2020
£’000

21

(106)

(414)

222

Asset
2020
£’000

Liability
2020
£’000

–

(106)

(414)

–

21

–

–

222

243

(520)

(277)

(243)

243

–

–

(277)

(277)

Credited/ 
(charged) 
to profit
2020
£’000

(Charged) 
to equity
2020
£’000

Foreign 
exchange
2020
£’000

Impact of 
transition 
to IFRS 16
2020
£’000

(68)

(114)

142

62

22

(16)

–

–

–

(16)

–

–

–

(6)

(6)

–

–

–

119

119

Group

Share-based payments

Accelerated capital allowances

Acquired intangibles

Other temporary and deductible differences

Gross deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Amounts available for offset

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The movement on the net deferred tax is as shown below:

At 1 August

Impact of transition to IFRS 16

Recognised in income (Note 10)

Recognised in equity

Foreign exchange

Reclassification to assets held for sale

At end of year

Deferred tax assets reversing within 1 year

Deferred tax liabilities reversing within 1 year

Reclassification of deferred tax assets reversing within 1 year to assets held for sale

At end of year

Deferred tax assets reversing after 1 year

Deferred tax liabilities reversing after 1 year

At end of year

Unrecognised deferred tax assets 

Tax losses carried forward against profits of future years

Net deferred tax assets

119

2020
£’000

(396)

119

22

(16)

(6)

–

Group

2021
£’000

(277)

–

(305)

65

2

(9)

(524)

(277)

2021
£’000

248

(84)

(9)

155

2021
£’000

72

(751)

(679)

2020
£’000

179

(232)

–

(53)

2020
£’000

64

(288)

(224)

Group

2021
£’000

1,865

1,865

2020
£’000

1,640

1,640

Of the unused tax losses £2,071,000 (2020: £3,234,000) can be carried forward indefinitely, £817,000 (2020: 
£340,000) expires within 10 years and £3,053,000 (2020: £142,000) expires within 20 years. No deferred tax is 
recognised on unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries as the Group is in a position to control the timing of the 
reversal of temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 
The temporary differences associated with the investments in subsidiaries for which a deferred tax liability has  
not been recognised aggregate to £3,675,000 (2020: £5,345,000). If the earnings were remitted, tax of £45,000 
(2020: £120,000) would be payable. The main UK corporation tax rate of 19% will increase to 25% from 1 April 2023. 
Deferred tax has been valued based on the substantively enacted rates at each balance sheet date at which the 
deferred tax is expected to reverse.

17  Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables from contracts with customers,  
net of loss allowance

Amounts owed by group companies

Other receivables

Prepayments

Accrued income

Total

Group

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

34,187

27,703

Company

2021
£’000

–

2020
£’000

–

–

1,619

1,389

26,742

63,937

–

3,046

101,610

3,554

1,705

15,900

48,862

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,046

101,610

The amounts owed by group companies in the company statement of financial position are considered to approximate 
to fair value. Amounts owed by group companies are unsecured, repayable on demand and accrue no interest.

 
120 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

17  Trade and Other Receivables continued
The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to the fair value.

Accrued income relates to the Group’s right to consideration for temporary and permanent placements made but 
not billed at the year end. These transfer to trade receivables once billing occurs.

Impairment of accrued income

Gross accrued income

Loss allowance

Accrued income, net of loss allowance

Group

2021
£’000

27,807

(1,065)

26,742

2020
£’000

16,169

(269)

15,900

The loss allowance for accrued income was determined as follows:

31 July 2021

Weighted expected loss rate (%)

Gross carrying amount – accrued income (£’000)

Loss allowance (£’000)

31 July 2020

Weighted expected loss rate (%)

Gross carrying amount – accrued income (£'000)

Loss allowance (£'000)

Current

2.9%

21,455

624

Current

0.0%

13,858

–

More than 30 
days past due

More than 60 
days past due

More than 90 
days past due

2.7%

3,546

96

2.6%

1,519

40

23.7%

1,287

305

More than 30 
days past due

More than 60 
days past due

More than 90 
days past due

0.0%

1,398

–

0.0%

38.7%

218

–

695

269

Total

27,807

1,065

Total

16,169

269

The loss allowance for accrued income at year end reconciles to the opening loss allowance as per below:

Opening loss allowance at 1 August

Increase in loss allowance recognised in profit and loss during the year

Closing loss allowance at 31 July

Impairment of trade receivables from contracts with customers

Trade receivables from contracts with customers, gross amounts

Loss allowance

Trade receivables from contracts with customers, net of loss allowance

Group

2021
£’000

269

796

1,065

2020
£’000

–

269

269

Group

2021
£’000

37,636

(3,449)

34,187

2020
£’000

31,690

(3,987)

27,703

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for services performed in the ordinary course of business.  
They are generally settled within 30-60 days and are therefore all classified as current. 

The Group uses a third party credit scoring system to assess the creditworthiness of potential new customers 
before accepting them. Credit limits are defined by customer based on this information. All customer accounts  
are subject to review on a regular basis by senior management and actions are taken to address debt aging issues.

Trade receivables are subject to the expected credit loss model. The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach 
to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables. 

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk 
characteristics by geographical region or customer industry.

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before the relevant 
year end and the corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historic loss rates are 
then adjusted to reflect any relevant current and forward-looking information expected to affect the ability of 
customers to settle the receivables. Additionally, the ongoing impact of COVID-19 and projected post-COVID 
economic recovery, based on external reports, forecast data and scenario analysis, have been taken into account 
when assessing the credit risk profiles for specific industries and geographies.

 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

121

Total

37,636

3,449

Total

31,690

3,987

2020
£’000

2,189

2,281

(483)

3,987

Total
£’000

2,681

(934)

1,747

(38)

The loss allowance for trade receivables was determined as follows:

31 July 2021

Weighted expected loss rate (%)

Gross carrying amount – trade receivables (£'000)

Loss allowance (£'000)

31 July 2020

Weighted expected loss rate (%)

Gross carrying amount – trade receivables (£'000)

Loss allowance (£'000)

Current

5.2%

33,741

1,756

Current

6.9%

19,079

1,307

More than 30 
days past due

More than 60 
days past due

More than 90 
days past due

5.0%

654

33

18.6%

743

138

60.9%

2,498

1,522

More than 30 
days past due

More than 60 
days past due

More than 90 
days past due

8.8%

8,941

783

10.2%

1,788

183

91.1%

1,882

1,714

The loss allowance for trade receivables at year end reconciles to the opening loss allowance as per below:

Opening loss allowance at 1 August

(Decrease)/increase in loss allowance recognised in profit and loss during the year

Receivables written off during the year as uncollectible

Closing loss allowance at 31 July

Group

2021
£’000

3,987

(296)

(242)

3,449

18  Provisions

Group

Balance at 1 August

Adjustment on initial  
application of IFRS 16

Restated balance at 1 August

Effects of movements  
in exchange rates

Provisions made in the year

Provisions utilised

Provisions released

Provisions reclassified  
to held for sale

Balance at 31 July

Group

Non-current

Current

Total

2021

Dilapidation 
provisions
£’000

Onerous 
lease 
provisions
£’000

Other 
provisions
£’000

Total
£’000

Dilapidation 
provisions
£’000

2020

Onerous 
lease
provisions
£’000

Other 
provisions
£’000

1,710

–

1,710

–

74

–

(58)

(46)

1,680

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,084

2,794

1,747

934

–

–

–

(934)

1,084

2,794

–

114

(679)

(450)

(46)

–

40

(679)

(392)

–

53

1,747

(38)

1

–

–

–

1,733

1,710

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,084

1,085

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,084

2,794

2021

2020 restated1

Dilapidation 
provisions
£’000

Onerous 
lease 
provisions
£’000

Other 
provisions
£’000

1,269

411

1,680

–

–

–

–

53

53

Total
£’000

1,269

464

1,733

Dilapidation 
provisions
£’000

Onerous 
lease
provisions
£’000

Other 
provisions
£’000

Total
£’000

1,587

123

1,710

–

–

–

–

 1,587 

 1,084 

 1,207 

1,084

2,794

Dilapidation provisions are held in respect of the Group’s office properties where lease obligations include contractual 
obligations to return the property to its original condition at the end of the lease term, ranging between one and 
seven years.

1  Presentation of provisions between current and non-current liabilities for the year ended 2020 has been restated as explained in Note 1.24.

122 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

18  Provisions continued
Other provisions have been recognised primarily for restructuring activities, with the remainder in respect of claims 
for certain legal matters. In July 2020, the Group publicly announced plans for a significant restructuring of its UK 
employee base and restructuring provisions of £971,000 were recognised based on the directors’ best estimate of 
the forecast direct costs arising from the restructuring. £679,000 of the restructuring provision was utilised in the 
year to 31 July 2021 and the remainder of the provision has been released. As such, there is no restructuring provision 
held as at 31 July 2021. Other provisions held as at 31 July 2021 are primarily in respect of claims for certain legal matters.

No provisions are held by the parent Company (2020: £nil).

19  Trade and Other Payables

Trade payables

Amounts owed to group undertakings

Taxation and social security

Contractor wages payable

Accruals and deferred income

Other payables

Total

Group

Company

2021
£’000

4,530

–

10,473

27,209

5,158

8,751

56,121

2020
£’000

1,750

–

15,859

20,519

4,348

3,653

46,129

2021
£’000

–

2,972

–

–

–

–

2020
£’000

–

63,590

–

–

–

–

2,972

63,590

Amounts owed to group undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand and accrue no interest. 

20 Loans and Borrowings

Group

Company

Working capital facility

Bank loans and borrowings due in less than one year

Revolving credit facility

Finance costs capitalised

Bank loans and borrowings due in more than one year

2021
£’000

9,348

9,348

–

–

–

2020
£’000

151

151

7,500

(196)

7,304

Total bank loans and borrowings

9,348

7,455

2021
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

2020
£’000

–

–

7,500

(196)

7,304

7,304

In January 2020, the Group transferred a portion of its recourse working capital facility to a non-recourse working 
capital facility. Under the terms of the non-recourse facility, the trade receivables assigned to the facility are owned 
by HSBC and so have been de-recognised from the Group’s statement of financial position; in addition, the non-
recourse working capital facility does not meet the definition of loans and borrowings under IFRS. The Group 
continues to collect cash from trade receivables assigned to the non-recourse facility on behalf of HSBC which  
is then transferred to them periodically each month. Any cash collected from trade receivables under the non-
recourse facility at the end of reporting period that had not been transferred to HSBC, is presented as restricted 
cash included within the Group’s cash balance. At 31 July 2021, the Group had agreed banking facilities with HSBC 
totalling £75m (31 July 2020: £75m) invoice financing working capital facility (recourse and non-recourse).

The Group’s working capital facilities are secured by way of an all assets debenture, which contains fixed and floating 
charges over the assets of the Group. This facility allows certain companies within the Group to borrow up to 90% 
of invoiced or accrued income up to a maximum of £75m. Interest is charged on the recourse borrowings at a rate 
of 1.75% (31 July 2020: 1.75%) over the HSBC Bank base rate of 0.1% (2020: 0.1%).

The Group’s £7.5m revolving credit facility was secured by way of a fixed and floating charge over assets of the 
Group. In October 2020, the Group repaid the £7.5m revolving credit facility in full and no longer is required to 
comply with certain financial covenants over the revolving credit facility.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

123

21  Financial Assets and Liabilities Statement of Financial Position Classification
The carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities as recognised at the statement of financial 
position date of the reporting years under review may also be categorised as follows:

Financial assets are included in the statement of financial position within the following headings:

Group

2021
£’000

Company

2020
£’000

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

Trade and other receivables (Note 17)

– Financial assets recorded at amortised cost

62,548

47,157

3,046

101,610

Cash and cash equivalents

– Financial assets recorded at amortised cost

Total

29,238

91,786

34,796

81,953

4

–

3,050

101,610

Financial liabilities are included in the statement of financial position within the following headings: 

Borrowings (Note 20)

– Financial liabilities recorded at amortised cost

9,348

7,455

Leases (Note 22)

– Financial liabilities recorded at amortised cost

5,761

7,736

–

–

Group

2021
£’000

Company

2020
£’000

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

7,304

–

Trade and other payables (Note 19)

– Financial liabilities recorded at amortised cost

Total

45,648

60,757

30,270

45,461

2,972

2,972

63,590

70,894

The amounts at which the assets and liabilities above are recorded are considered to approximate to fair value. 

124 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

22  Leases
On 1 August 2019, the Group adopted IFRS 16 Leases, applying a modified retrospective approach to transition.  
The consolidated statement of financial position shows the following amounts related to leases where the Group  
is a lessee.

Right-of-use-assets

Cost

At 1 August 2019

Accumulated 
depreciation

Reclassification of dilapidation assets

Additions

Effect of reassessment of lease term

Effect of movement in exchange rates

At 31 July 2020

At 1 August 2020

Effect of reassessment of lease term

Effect of movement in exchange rates

Reclassification to assets held for sale

At 31 July 2021

At 1 August 2019

Reclassification of dilapidation assets

Depreciation charge

Impairment

Effect of movement in exchange rates

At 31 July 2020

At 1 August 2020

Depreciation charge

Impairment

Effect of movement in exchange rates

Reclassification to assets held for sale

Net book value

At 31 July 2021

At 1 August 2020

At 31 July 2021

Properties
£’000

9,335

1,535

42

(862)

(46)

10,004

10,004

416

41

(216)

Vehicles
 £’000

336

–

12

–

–

348

348

–

–

–

10,245

348

–

576

1,858

432

(19)

2,847

2,847

1,749

183

40

(190)

4,629

7,157

5,616

–

–

176

–

–

176

176

119

–

–

–

295

172

53

Other
£’000

17

–

–

–

(1)

16

16

5

1

(14)

8

–

–

7

–

–

7

7

7

–

–

Total 
£’000

9,688

1,535

54

(862)

(47)

10,368

10,368

421

42

(230)

10,601

–

576

2,041

432

(19)

3,030

3,030

1,875

183

40

(11)

(201)

3

9

5

4,927

7,338

5,674

At 31 July 2021, included within property right-of-use assets is costs of £1,491,000 (2020: £1,577,000) and net book 
value of £526,000 (2020: £802,000) relating to dilapidation assets. 

During the year, the Group recognised an impairment of £114,000 in respect of a UK office property that is no longer 
is use by the business. The remainder of the £69,000 impairment charge in the year is due to the closure of Mexico 
operations. In addition, the lease term for the Canadian office has been extended to September 2025 which led to 
additional right-of-use assets as shown in the disclosure above.

Lease liabilities

Current

Non-current

Total

31 July 2021

31 July 2020

Properties
£’000

Vehicles
£’000

Other
£’000

1,423

4,268

5,691

55

9

64

2

4

6

Total
£’000

1,480

4,281

5,761

Properties
£’000

Vehicles
£’000

Other
£’000

1,855

5,696

7,551

132

44

176

3

6

9

Total
£’000

1,990

5,746

7,736

Lease liabilities for properties have lease terms of between one and seven years.

The discount rates used to measure the lease liabilities at 31 July 2021 range between 1.6% to 10.1% for properties 
(2020: 2.0% – 10.1%), 4.7% for vehicles (2020: 4.7%) and 10.1% for other leases (2020: 10.1%).

 
 
Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Reconciliation of lease liabilities movement in the year 

At 1 August 2019

Lease payments

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Effect of reassessment of lease term

Effect of movement in exchange rates

At 31 July 2020

Properties
£’000

10,260

(2,011)

201

(862)

(37)

7,551

Vehicles
£’000

347

(183)

12

–

–

176

Other
£’000

17

(7)

1

–

(2)

9

Properties
£’000

Vehicles
£’000

Other
£’000

At 1 August 2020

Lease payments

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Effect of reassessment of lease term

Effect of movement in exchange rates

Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale

At 31 July 2021

7,551

(2,387)

151

268

120

(12)

5,691

176

(116)

4

–

–

–

64

Amounts in respect of leases recognised in the income statement 

Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets

Impairment of right-of-use assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets and short-term leases  
(included in administrative expenses)

23  Share Capital 

Authorised share capital 

40,000,000 (2020: 40,000,000) Ordinary shares of £0.01 each

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

32,290,400 (2020: 32,290,000) Ordinary shares of £0.01 each

The number of shares in issue in the Company is shown below: 

In issue at 1 August

Exercise of share options

In issue at 31 July

125

Total
£’000

10,624

(2,201)

214

(862)

(39)

7,736

Total
£’000

7,736

(2,511)

156

273

121

(14)

5,761

2020
£’000

2,041

432

214

239

2020
£’000

400

2020
£’000

323

9

(8)

1

5

1

(2)

6

2021
£’000

1,875

183

156

14

Company

2021
£’000

400

Company

2021
£’000

323

Company

2021
000s 

2020
000s 

32,290

32,285

–

5

32,290

32,290

The Company has one class of ordinary shares. Each share is entitled to one vote in the event of a poll at a general 
meeting of the Company. Each share is entitled to participate in dividend distributions. 

 
 
 
126 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

23  Share Capital continued
Share options

The following options arrangements exist over the Company’s shares:

2021
‘000s

2020
‘000s

Date of grant

Exercise price 
pence

From

To

Exercise period

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

–

–

1

1

1

2

4

32

3

24

231

171

510

194

129

90

63

1 04/02/2011

1 04/02/2011

1

1

1

2

4

31/01/2012

31/01/2012

31/01/2013

31/01/2013

01/01/2014

32

01/01/2014

3

28/01/2015

24

28/01/2015

231

171

19/12/2018

19/12/2018

510 20/01/2020

194 20/01/2020

– 01/12/2020

– 01/12/2020

– 01/12/2020

1 03/02/2013 04/02/2021

1 03/02/2014 04/02/2021

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

30/01/2014

31/01/2022

30/01/2015

31/01/2022

30/01/2015

31/01/2023

30/01/2016

31/01/2023

01/01/2016 01/01/2024

01/01/2017 01/01/2024

28/01/2017

28/01/2025

28/01/2018 28/01/2025

19/12/2021

19/12/2028

19/12/2021

19/12/2028

20/01/2023 20/01/2030

20/01/2023 20/01/2030

01/12/2023 01/12/2030

01/12/2023 01/12/2030

01/12/2023 01/12/2030

Total

1,456

1,176

During the year, the Group granted share options under the Long-Term Incentive Plan for executive directors and 
senior management. The share options were granted on 1 December 2020 to members of staff to be held over  
a three-year vesting period and are subject to a cumulative continuing underlying PBT performance condition.  
All share options have a life of 10 years from grant date and are equity settled on exercise.

The movement in share options is shown below:

Outstanding at 1 August

Granted

Forfeited/ lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at 31 July

Exercisable at 31 July

2021

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
(pence)

74.6

1.0

1.3

–

1.2

1.0

Number
‘000s

1,176

1,106

(826)

–

1,456

69

Weighted 
average share 
price (pence)

–

–

–

–

2020

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
(pence)

Weighted 
average share 
price (pence)

–

–

–

116.7

13.1

1.0

27.3

1.0

74.6

1.0

Number
‘000s

883

704

(406)

(5)

1,176

69

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

127

The numbers and weighted average exercise prices of share options vesting in the future are shown below.

Exercise Date

19/12/2021

20/01/2023

01/12/2023

31/01/2024

Total

2021

2020

Weighted
average
remaining 
contract life
(months)

5

18

28

30

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
(pence)

Weighted
average
remaining 
contract life
(months)

1.0

1.0

2.4

–

17

30

–

–

Number
‘000s

402

703

219

60

1,384

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
(pence)

1.0

1.0

–

–

Number
‘000s

402

704

–

–

1,106

In addition to the share option schemes the Group operated a Share Incentive Plan (SIP), which is an HMRC approved 
plan available to all employees enabling them to purchase shares out of pre-tax salary. For each share purchased 
the Company grants an additional share at no cost. During the year the Company purchased 73,190 shares  
(2020: 124,912) under this scheme.

The Group’s Share Incentive Plan is held by an Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) for tax purposes. The EBT buys shares 
with funds from the Group and any shares held by the EBT are distributed to employees once vesting conditions  
are satisfied. The Group has control over the EBT and therefore it has been consolidated at 31 July 2021 and 31 July 
2020. During the year, a new EBT was set up as the branch of Gattaca plc and Apex Financial Services Limited was 
pointed as the Trustee and the administrator to this new EBT.

As at 31 July 2021, excess funds of £28,000 (2020: £70,000) was held by the EBT, which has been included in cash 
and cash equivalents.

The following expenses or credits were recognised in the income statement in relation to share-based payment 
transactions:

Group

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

Share Incentive Plan

Total

2021
£’000

–

133

138

271

2020
£’000

(62)

2

137

77

128 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

23  Share Capital continued
The key assumptions used in the calculation of fair value per awards are as follows:

Date of grant

09/09/2016 SIP

07/10/2016

08/11/2016

07/12/2016

16/01/2017

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

31/01/2017

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

31/01/2017

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

31/01/2017

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

31/01/2017

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

31/01/2017

Long Term Incentive Plan Options

03/02/2017 Long Term Incentive Plan Options

07/02/2017

07/03/2017

SIP

SIP

07/04/2017 SIP

09/05/2017 SIP

07/06/2017 SIP

07/07/2017

SIP

07/08/2017 SIP

08/09/2017 SIP

09/10/2017

08/11/2017

08/12/2017

09/01/2018

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

08/02/2018 SIP

08/03/2018 SIP

12/04/2018

SIP

09/05/2018 SIP

08/06/2018 SIP

09/07/2018 SIP

08/08/2018 SIP

10/09/2018

SIP

08/10/2018 SIP

08/11/2018

10/12/2018

SIP

SIP

19/12/2018

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

19/12/2018

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

09/01/2019

SIP

08/02/2019 SIP

11/03/2019

SIP

08/04/2019 SIP

09/05/2019 SIP

10/06/2019

SIP

08/07/2019 SIP

07/08/2019 SIP

09/09/2019 SIP

08/10/2019 SIP

Share price 
on the date 
of grant 
(£)

Exercise 
price
(£)

Volatility 
(%)

Vesting 
period 
(yrs)

Dividend 
yield 
(%)

Risk free 
rate of 
interest 
(%)

Fair value
(£)

3.87

3.57

3.16

2.95

2.98

2.92

2.92

2.90

2.90

2.90

2.90

2.94

2.94

3.10

3.18

3.28

3.09

2.87

2.99

3.10

3.12

3.05

3.00

2.63

2.31

1.84

1.40

1.58

1.25

1.50

1.40

1.30

1.41

1.14

1.07

1.07

1.13

1.17

1.18

1.39

1.58

1.53

1.43

1.44

1.28

1.32

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.72

1.45

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

31.6%

31.6%

31.6%

31.6%

31.6%

31.6%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

44.9%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

7.9%

7.9%

7.9%

7.9%

7.9%

7.9%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.3%

0.3%

0.3%

0.3%

0.3%

0.3%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.7%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

3.87

3.57

3.16

2.95

2.98

1.27

1.51

1.23

1.49

0.86

0.66

2.94

2.94

3.10

3.18

3.28

3.09

2.87

2.99

3.10

3.12

3.05

3.00

2.63

2.31

1.84

1.40

1.58

1.25

1.50

1.40

1.30

1.41

1.14

1.08

0.73

1.13

1.17

1.18

1.39

1.58

1.53

1.43

1.44

1.28

1.32

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

129

Date of grant

08/11/2019

09/12/2019

SIP

SIP

10/01/2020 SIP

10/02/2020 SIP

09/03/2020 SIP

09/04/2020 SIP

11/05/2020 SIP

08/06/2020 SIP

10/07/2020 SIP

20/01/2020 Long Term Incentive Plan Options

20/01/2020 Long Term Incentive Plan Options

14/08/2020 SIP

08/09/2020 SIP

08/10/2020 SIP

10/11/2020

SIP

08/12/2020 SIP

11/01/2021

12/02/2021

SIP

SIP

08/03/2021 SIP

12/04/2021

11/05/2021

SIP

SIP

08/06/2021 SIP

07/07/2021

SIP

01/12/2020 Long Term Incentive Plan Options

01/12/2020 Long Term Incentive Plan Options

Share price 
on the date 
of grant 
(£)

Exercise 
price
(£)

Volatility 
(%)

Vesting 
period 
(yrs)

Dividend 
yield 
(%)

Risk free 
rate of 
interest 
(%)

Fair value
(£)

1.18

1.10

1.29

0.82

0.76

0.39

0.44

0.45

0.45

1.24

1.24

0.54

0.58

0.54

0.60

0.82

0.82

0.86

1.15

1.50

1.49

2.24

2.64

0.84

0.79

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1.18

1.10

1.29

0.82

0.76

0.39

0.44

0.45

0.45

1.13

1.13

0.54

0.58

0.54

0.60

0.82

0.82

0.86

1.15

1.50

1.49

2.24

2.64

0.84

2.32

For Zero Priced Share Option Bonus grants in 2020 that are subject to an Earnings per Share (EPS) growth vesting 
condition, a Binomial model was used for valuation.

Prior to the 2018 award, the volatility of the Company’s share price on each date of grant was calculated as the 
average of the annualised standard deviations of daily continuously compounded returns on the Company’s stock, 
calculated over five years back from the date of grant, where applicable. For 2018 onwards, the volatility of the 
Company’s share price on date of grant was calculated using the historical daily share price of the Company over  
a term commensurate with the expected life of the award. For all awards the risk-free rate is the yield to maturity  
on the date of grant of a UK Gilt Strip, with term to maturity equal to the life of the option.

24  Transactions with Directors and Related Parties
During the year the Group made no sales (2020: £16,000) to InHealth Group Ltd and made no purchases (2020: 
£7,400) from Preventicum UK Limited which were related parties by virtue of the common directorship of Richard 
Bradford (resigned as a director of Gattaca plc on 8 December 2020). During the year the Group made no sales 
(2020: £87,000) to Tricoya Technologies Limited, a subsidiary of Accsys Technologies Plc, which were considered 
as a related party transaction by virtue of common directorship of Patrick Shanley (resigned as a director of Accsys 
Technologies Plc on 18 September 2020). As at the year end 31 July 2021 and 31 July 2020, there were no balances 
outstanding for any transactions for InHealth Group Ltd, Preventicum UK Limited or Tricoya Technologies Limited. 
Group policy is for all transactions with related parties to be made on an arm’s length basis and no guarantees have 
been given to, or received from, related parties.

There were no other related party transactions with entities outside of the Group.

During the year Matchtech Group (UK) Limited charged Gattaca plc £525,000 (2020: £467,000) for provision of 
management services. Further details of transactions with directors are included in the director’s Remuneration 
Report on pages 73 to 80.

The remuneration of key management is disclosed in Note 5.

130 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

25  Financial Instruments
The financial risk management policies and objectives including those related to financial instruments and the 
qualitative risk exposure details, comprising credit and other applicable risks, are included within the Chief Financial 
Officer’s report under the heading ‘Group financial risk management’.

Maturity of financial liabilities

The following table sets out the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments. This 
analysis assumes that interest rates prevailing at the reporting date remain constant:

Group

2021

Revolving credit facility

Invoice financing working capital facility

Lease liabilities

Trade payables

Total

2020

Revolving credit facility

Invoice financing working capital facility

Lease liabilities

Trade payables

Total

Company

2021

Revolving credit facility

Total

2020

Revolving credit facility

Total

Interest rate sensitivity

0 to <1 years
£’000

1 to <2 years
£’000

2 to <5 years
£’000

5 years and 
over
£’000

Contractual 
cash flows
£’000

–

9,382

1,494

40,490

51,366

5,117

170

1,990

25,922

33,199

–

–

1,192

–

1,192

88

–

5,746

–

5,834

–

–

2,438

–

2,438

2,515

–

–

–

2,515

–

–

651

–

651

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,382

5,775

40,490

55,647

7,720

170

7,736

25,922

41,548

0 to <1 years
£’000

1 to <2 years
£’000

2 to <5 years
£’000

5 years and 
over
£’000

Contractual 
cash flows
£’000

–

–

5,117

5,117

–

–

88

88

–

–

2,515

2,515

–

–

–

–

–

–

7,720

7,720

The directors have calculated that the effect on profit of a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would be an 
expense of £782,000 (2020: expense of £402,000).

Borrowing facilities

The Group makes use of working capital facilities, details of which can be found in Note 20. The undrawn working 
capital facilities available at year end in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met was as follows:

Expiring in one to five years

Group

Company

2021
£’000

24,163

2020
£’000

23,715

2021
£’000

–

2020
£’000

–

The directors believe that the carrying value of borrowings approximates to their fair value.

Overview 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

131

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its 
financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group has a robust approach  
to forecasting both net debt and trading results on a monthly basis, looking forward to at least the next 12 months. 
At 31 July 2021, the Group had agreed banking facilities with HSBC totalling £75m (31 July 2020: £82.5m) comprised 
solely of a £75m invoice financing working capital facility (31 July 2020: £75m invoice financing working capital 
facility and a £7.5m revolving credit facility). The available financing facilities in place are sufficient to meet the 
Group’s forecast cash flows.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Group’s main foreign currency risk is the short-term risk associated with the trade debtors denominated in US 
dollars and Euros relating to the UK operations whose functional currency is sterling. The risk arises on the difference 
between exchange rates at the time the invoice is raised to when the invoice is settled by the client. For sales 
denominated in foreign currency, the Group ensures that direct costs associated with the sale are also denominated 
in the same currency. Further foreign exchange risk arises where there is a gap in the amount of assets and liabilities 
of the Group denominated in foreign currencies that are required to be translated into sterling at the year end rates 
of exchange. Where the risk to the Group is considered to be significant, the Group will enter into a matching 
forward foreign exchange contract with a reputable bank.

Net foreign currency monetary assets are shown below:

US Dollar

Euro

Group

2021
£’000

6,436

5,224

2020
£’000

6,155

4,070

The effect of a 25 percent strengthening of the Euro and US Dollar against sterling at the financial position date on 
the Euro and US Dollar denominated trade and other receivables and payables carried at that date would, all other 
variables held constant, have resulted in a net increase in pre-tax profit for the year and increase of net assets of 
£3,397,000 (2020: £2,635,000). A 25 percent weakening in the exchange rates would, on the same basis, have 
decreased pre-tax profit and reduced net assets by £2,352,000 (2020: £1,734,000).

The company only holds balances denominated in its functional currency and so is not exposed to foreign currency risk.

26  Capital Management Policies and Procedures 
Gattaca plc’s capital management objectives are: 

•  to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern;

•  to provide an adequate return to shareholders; and

•  by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the carrying amount of equity as presented on the face of the statement 
of financial position.

The Group sets the amount of capital in proportion to its overall financing structure, i.e. equity and financial liabilities. 
The Group manages the capital structure and makes adjustments in the light of changes in economic conditions and 
risk characteristics of the underlying assets. Capital for the reporting year under review is summarised as follows: 

Total equity

Cash and cash equivalents

Capital

Total equity

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Overall financing

Capital to overall financing ratio

Group

2021
£’000

40,863

2020
£’000

39,772

(29,238)

(34,796)

11,625

4,976

40,863

9,348

5,761

55,972

39,772

7,455

7,736

54,963

21%

9%

132 Gattaca plc 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued

27  Net Debt and Adjusted Net Debt
Net debt is the total amount of cash and cash equivalents less interest-bearing loans and borrowings, including 
finance lease liabilities. The table below provides the required reconciliation evaluating the changes in liabilities 
arising from financing activities.

Net cash flows include the net drawdown of loans and borrowings and cash interest paid relating to loans and 
borrowings.

A reconciliation to adjusted net debt, which excludes lease liabilities and is the Group’s preferred net debt measure 
is also shown below.

2021

Cash and cash equivalents

Interest-bearing term loan

Working capital facilities

Lease liabilities

Total net cash

Capitalised finance costs

1 August 2020
£’000

Net cash flows
£’000

Non-cash 
movements
£’000

34,796

(7,500)

(151)

(7,736)

19,409

196

(5,558)

7,500

(9,197)

2,511

(4,744)

–

31 July 2021
£’000

29,238

–

(9,348)

(5,761)

14,129

–

14,129

5,761

19,890

–

–

–

(536)

(536)

(196)

(732)

536

(196)

Total net cash after capitalised finance costs

19,605

(4,744)

Excluding lease liabilities

Adjusted total net cash excluding lease liabilities

7,736

27,341

(2,511)

(7,255)

2020

Cash and cash equivalents

Interest-bearing term loan

Working capital facilities

Lease liabilities

Total net (debt)/cash

Capitalised finance costs

Total net (debt)/cash after capitalised finance costs

Excluding lease liabilities 

Adjusted total net (debt)/cash excluding lease liabilities

1 August 2019
£’000

Net cash flows
£’000

Non-cash 
movements
£’000

31 July 2020
£’000

19,173

(15,000)

15,623

7,500

(29,119)

28,968

(10,624)

2,201

(35,570)

54,292

124

223

(35,446)

54,515

10,624

(24,822)

(2,201)

52,314

–

–

–

687

687

(151)

536

(687)

(151)

34,796

(7,500)

(151)

(7,736)

19,409

196

19,605

7,736

27,341

28  Contingent Liabilities
We continue our cooperation with the United States Department of Justice and in 2021 have incurred £29,000 
(2020: £1.4m) in advisory fees on this matter. The Group is not currently in a position to know what the outcome of 
these enquiries may be and therefore we are unable to quantify the likely outcome for the Group.

29  Dividends

Equity dividends proposed after the year end (not recognised as a liability) at 1.5 pence per 
share (2020: nil pence)

The Group declared a dividend of 1.5 pence per share on 4 November 2021. 

30 Events After the Reporting Date
The Group has not identified any subsequent events.

2021
£’000 

 484 

2020
£’000 

–

G

a

t

t

a

c

a

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

Gattaca plc 
1450 Parkway 
Solent Business Park 
Whiteley 
Fareham 
Hampshire 
PO15 7AF

T: 01489 898989

E: info@gattacaplc.com

www.gattacaplc.com